CN115412411B - Data transmission method and device - Google Patents
Data transmission method and device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CN115412411B CN115412411B CN202110802465.9A CN202110802465A CN115412411B CN 115412411 B CN115412411 B CN 115412411B CN 202110802465 A CN202110802465 A CN 202110802465A CN 115412411 B CN115412411 B CN 115412411B
- Authority
- CN
- China
- Prior art keywords
- signal
- training
- moving speed
- terminal device
- receiving end
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Active
Links
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L25/00—Baseband systems
- H04L25/02—Details ; arrangements for supplying electrical power along data transmission lines
- H04L25/03—Shaping networks in transmitter or receiver, e.g. adaptive shaping networks
- H04L25/03006—Arrangements for removing intersymbol interference
- H04L25/03821—Inter-carrier interference cancellation [ICI]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L27/00—Modulated-carrier systems
- H04L27/26—Systems using multi-frequency codes
- H04L27/2601—Multicarrier modulation systems
- H04L27/2626—Arrangements specific to the transmitter only
- H04L27/2627—Modulators
- H04L27/264—Pulse-shaped multi-carrier, i.e. not using rectangular window
- H04L27/26416—Filtering per subcarrier, e.g. filterbank multicarrier [FBMC]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L27/00—Modulated-carrier systems
- H04L27/26—Systems using multi-frequency codes
- H04L27/2601—Multicarrier modulation systems
- H04L27/2697—Multicarrier modulation systems in combination with other modulation techniques
- H04L27/2698—Multicarrier modulation systems in combination with other modulation techniques double density OFDM/OQAM system, e.g. OFDM/OQAM-IOTA system
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
- H04W4/02—Services making use of location information
- H04W4/025—Services making use of location information using location based information parameters
- H04W4/027—Services making use of location information using location based information parameters using movement velocity, acceleration information
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
- H04W4/30—Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes
- H04W4/40—Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes for vehicles, e.g. vehicle-to-pedestrians [V2P]
- H04W4/42—Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes for vehicles, e.g. vehicle-to-pedestrians [V2P] for mass transport vehicles, e.g. buses, trains or aircraft
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Power Engineering (AREA)
- Aviation & Aerospace Engineering (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Description
相关申请的交叉引用CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
本申请要求在2021年5月26日提交中华人民共和国知识产权局、申请号为202110578153.4、发明名称为“一种通信方法、终端及网络设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the Intellectual Property Office of the People's Republic of China on May 26, 2021, with application number 202110578153.4 and invention name "A communication method, terminal and network device", all contents of which are incorporated by reference in this application.
技术领域Technical Field
本申请涉及通信领域,尤其涉及一种数据传输方法及装置。The present application relates to the field of communications, and in particular to a data transmission method and device.
背景技术Background technique
正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing,OFDM)因具有抗多径衰落能力、抗符号间干扰能力、带宽灵活以及频谱利用率高的优点,成为第五代(5thgeneration,5G)移动通信系统的核心调制技术。Orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing (OFDM) has become the core modulation technology of the fifth generation (5G) mobile communication system due to its advantages of anti-multipath fading, anti-inter-symbol interference, flexible bandwidth and high spectrum utilization.
随着高铁等高速交通工具的快速发展,无线信道环境变得更为复杂,这使得高移动性无线传输技术的研究工作具有很高的挑战性。尤其是在高移动性场景下,终端的高移动性带来的多普勒频偏会破坏传统OFDM调制的子载波正交性,引起载波间干扰(inter-carrier interference,ICI),造成严重性能损失。如何有效抑制多普勒频偏所带来的影响,是高移动性传输所需要解决的重要问题。With the rapid development of high-speed transportation such as high-speed rail, the wireless channel environment has become more complex, which makes the research work of high-mobility wireless transmission technology very challenging. Especially in high-mobility scenarios, the Doppler frequency deviation caused by the high mobility of the terminal will destroy the subcarrier orthogonality of traditional OFDM modulation, causing inter-carrier interference (ICI), resulting in serious performance loss. How to effectively suppress the impact of Doppler frequency deviation is an important issue that needs to be solved for high-mobility transmission.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种数据传输方法及装置,用于降低移动场景下产生的载波间干扰,提高信号的传输性能。The embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission method and device for reducing inter-carrier interference generated in a mobile scenario and improving signal transmission performance.
第一方面,本申请提供一种数据传输方法,应用于发送端,发送端可以是网络设备、终端设备、或网络设备中的部件,例如芯片,或终端设备中的部件,例如芯片。接收端可以是网络设备、终端设备、或网络设备中的部件,例如芯片,或终端设备中的部件,例如芯片。该方法包括:获得接收端的移动速度和/或所述发送端的移动速度;根据所述接收端的移动速度和/或所述发送端的移动速度确定滤波器系数,根据滤波器系数对所述第一信号进行滤波处理后获得所述滤波后的第一信号,向所述接收端发送滤波后的第一信号。In a first aspect, the present application provides a data transmission method, which is applied to a transmitting end, and the transmitting end may be a network device, a terminal device, or a component in a network device, such as a chip, or a component in a terminal device, such as a chip. The receiving end may be a network device, a terminal device, or a component in a network device, such as a chip, or a component in a terminal device, such as a chip. The method includes: obtaining a moving speed of the receiving end and/or a moving speed of the transmitting end; determining a filter coefficient according to the moving speed of the receiving end and/or the moving speed of the transmitting end, filtering the first signal according to the filter coefficient to obtain the filtered first signal, and sending the filtered first signal to the receiving end.
通过上述方法,由于发送端考虑了接收端的移动速度和/或所述发送端的移动速度对滤波器系数的影响,即基于接收端的移动速度和/或所述发送端的移动速度,确定滤波器系数,使得确定出的滤波器系数可以更好的降低在接收端和/或发送端移动时所产生的载波间干扰,有效提高接收端和/或发送端移动时,接收端和发送端之间传输的滤波后的第一信号的传输性能。Through the above method, since the transmitting end takes into account the influence of the moving speed of the receiving end and/or the moving speed of the transmitting end on the filter coefficient, that is, the filter coefficient is determined based on the moving speed of the receiving end and/or the moving speed of the transmitting end, the determined filter coefficient can better reduce the inter-carrier interference generated when the receiving end and/or the transmitting end moves, and effectively improve the transmission performance of the filtered first signal transmitted between the receiving end and the transmitting end when the receiving end and/or the transmitting end moves.
一种可能的实现方式,所述滤波器系数为根据所述第一信号的参数和所述接收端的移动速度确定的。其中,所述第一信号的参数包括以下至少一项:所述第一信号的调制编码方式或所述第一信号对应的时频资源。In a possible implementation, the filter coefficient is determined according to a parameter of the first signal and a moving speed of the receiving end, wherein the parameter of the first signal includes at least one of the following: a modulation coding mode of the first signal or a time-frequency resource corresponding to the first signal.
通过上述方法,在接收端为终端设备,且接收端处于移动状态下,滤波器系数可以是基于第一信号的参数和接收端的移动速度确定的,提高发送端发送的滤波后的第一信号的性能。Through the above method, when the receiving end is a terminal device and the receiving end is in a moving state, the filter coefficient can be determined based on the parameters of the first signal and the moving speed of the receiving end, thereby improving the performance of the filtered first signal sent by the transmitting end.
一种可能的实现方式,所述滤波器系数为根据所述第一信号的参数和所述发送端的移动速度确定的;其中,所述第一信号的参数包括以下至少一项:所述第一信号的调制编码方式或所述第一信号对应的时频资源。In a possible implementation, the filter coefficients are determined based on parameters of the first signal and the moving speed of the transmitter; wherein the parameters of the first signal include at least one of the following: a modulation and coding method of the first signal or a time-frequency resource corresponding to the first signal.
通过上述方法,在发送端为终端设备,且发送端处于移动状态下,滤波器系数可以是基于第一信号的参数和发送端的移动速度确定的,提高发送端发送的滤波后的第一信号的性能。Through the above method, when the transmitting end is a terminal device and the transmitting end is in a moving state, the filter coefficient can be determined based on the parameters of the first signal and the moving speed of the transmitting end, thereby improving the performance of the filtered first signal sent by the transmitting end.
一种可能的实现方式,所述滤波器系数为根据所述第一信号的参数、所述接收端的移动速度和所述发送端的移动速度确定的;其中,所述第一信号的参数包括以下至少一项:所述第一信号的调制编码方式或所述第一信号对应的时频资源。In a possible implementation, the filter coefficients are determined based on parameters of the first signal, the moving speed of the receiving end, and the moving speed of the transmitting end; wherein the parameters of the first signal include at least one of the following: a modulation and coding method of the first signal or a time-frequency resource corresponding to the first signal.
通过上述方法,在发送端和接收端都处于移动状态时,例如发送端和接收端都为终端设备,滤波器系数可以是基于第一信号的参数、发送端的移动速度和接收端的移动速度确定的,提高发送端发送的滤波后的第一信号的性能。Through the above method, when both the sending end and the receiving end are in a mobile state, for example, both the sending end and the receiving end are terminal devices, the filter coefficient can be determined based on the parameters of the first signal, the moving speed of the sending end and the moving speed of the receiving end, thereby improving the performance of the filtered first signal sent by the sending end.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一信号的调制编码方式为高阶调制编码方式,所述高阶调制编码方式为阶次大于2的调制编码方式。In a possible implementation manner, the modulation and coding mode of the first signal is a high-order modulation and coding mode, and the high-order modulation and coding mode is a modulation and coding mode with an order greater than 2.
考虑到调制编码方式为高阶调制编码方式时,移动速度对滤波器系数的性能的影响较大,此时,可以基于接收端的移动速度和/或所述发送端的移动速度,确定滤波器系数。实现在接收端和/或所述发送端的不同移动速度下,使用不同的滤波器系数,更好的适应接收端和/或所述发送端的不同传输信号的环境。Considering that when the modulation and coding mode is a high-order modulation and coding mode, the mobile speed has a greater impact on the performance of the filter coefficient, at this time, the filter coefficient can be determined based on the mobile speed of the receiving end and/or the mobile speed of the transmitting end. Different filter coefficients are used at different mobile speeds of the receiving end and/or the transmitting end to better adapt to different transmission signal environments of the receiving end and/or the transmitting end.
相应的,在所述第一信号的调制编码方式为低阶调制编码方式时,可以采用训练后的滤波器系数,例如,该训练后的滤波器系数是在训练接收端和/或训练发送端处于移动状态下收发训练信号后训练获得的,在确定接收端和/或发送端处于移动状态时,即所述接收端的移动速度和/或所述发送端的移动速度大于预设阈值时,使用训练后的滤波器系数对第一信号进行滤波,从而,实现对第一信号的滤波性能的提升。Correspondingly, when the modulation and coding mode of the first signal is a low-order modulation and coding mode, the trained filter coefficients can be used. For example, the trained filter coefficients are obtained by training after receiving and sending training signals when the training receiving end and/or the training sending end are in a mobile state. When it is determined that the receiving end and/or the sending end are in a mobile state, that is, when the moving speed of the receiving end and/or the moving speed of the sending end is greater than a preset threshold, the trained filter coefficients are used to filter the first signal, thereby improving the filtering performance of the first signal.
一种可能的实现方式,在确定所述接收端的移动速度所在的移动速度区间发生变化和/或所述发送端的移动速度所在的移动速度区间发生变化时,更新所述滤波器系数。In a possible implementation, when it is determined that the moving speed interval in which the moving speed of the receiving end is located changes and/or the moving speed interval in which the moving speed of the sending end is located changes, the filter coefficient is updated.
为降低接收端和发送端的滤波器的复杂度,基于接收端的移动速度和/或所述发送端的移动速度确定滤波器系数的方式,可以是基于接收端的移动速度所在的移动速度区间和/或所述发送端的移动速度所在的移动速度区间,确定滤波器系数,因此,发送端可以在确定所述接收端的移动速度所在的移动速度区间发生变化和/或所述发送端的移动速度所在的移动速度区间发生变化时,更新所述滤波器系数。In order to reduce the complexity of the filters at the receiving end and the transmitting end, the method for determining the filter coefficient based on the moving speed of the receiving end and/or the moving speed of the transmitting end can be to determine the filter coefficient based on the moving speed interval in which the moving speed of the receiving end is located and/or the moving speed interval in which the moving speed of the transmitting end is located. Therefore, the transmitting end can update the filter coefficient when it is determined that the moving speed interval in which the moving speed of the receiving end is located changes and/or the moving speed interval in which the moving speed of the transmitting end is located changes.
可选的,在更新滤波器系数后,发送端还可以向接收端指示更新后的滤波器系数,提高第一信号传输的可靠性。Optionally, after updating the filter coefficients, the transmitting end may also indicate the updated filter coefficients to the receiving end to improve the reliability of the first signal transmission.
一种可能的实现方式,所述接收端的移动速度和/或所述发送端的移动速度大于预设阈值。In a possible implementation manner, the moving speed of the receiving end and/or the moving speed of the sending end is greater than a preset threshold.
考虑到接收端的移动速度和/或所述发送端的移动速度较高时,信号在信道传输过程中产生的载波间的干扰较大,因此,在接收端的移动速度和/或所述发送端的移动速度大于预设阈值时,基于接收端的移动速度和/或所述发送端的移动速度,确定滤波器系数,可能更显著的提升滤波器的性能。Taking into account that when the moving speed of the receiving end and/or the moving speed of the transmitting end is high, the interference between carriers generated by the signal during channel transmission is large. Therefore, when the moving speed of the receiving end and/or the moving speed of the transmitting end is greater than a preset threshold, determining the filter coefficient based on the moving speed of the receiving end and/or the moving speed of the transmitting end may more significantly improve the performance of the filter.
一种可能的实现方式,向所述接收端发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述滤波器系数。A possible implementation manner is to send first information to the receiving end, where the first information is used to indicate the filter coefficient.
通过上述方法,发送端可以向接收端指示第一信号的滤波器系数,保证发送端和接收端采用相同的滤波器系数对第一信号进行滤波,提高第一信号传输的可靠性。当然,第一信号的滤波器系数也可以是通过预先约定的方式确定的,在此不做限定。Through the above method, the transmitting end can indicate the filter coefficient of the first signal to the receiving end, ensuring that the transmitting end and the receiving end use the same filter coefficient to filter the first signal, thereby improving the reliability of the first signal transmission. Of course, the filter coefficient of the first signal can also be determined by a pre-agreed method, which is not limited here.
一种可能的实现方式,在所述发送端为网络设备时,所述方法还包括:向所述接收端发送所述第一信号的调制编码方式;In a possible implementation manner, when the transmitting end is a network device, the method further includes: sending a modulation and coding mode of the first signal to the receiving end;
在所述发送端为终端设备时,所述方法还包括:接收来自网络设备的所述第一信号的调制编码方式。When the transmitting end is a terminal device, the method further includes: receiving a modulation and coding mode of the first signal from a network device.
通过上述方法,网络设备可以向终端设备指示第一信号的调制编码方式,进而,发送端和接收端可以确定第一信号的调制编码方式,进而,发送端和接收端可以根据第一信号的调制编码方式确定第一信号采用的滤波器系数,提高第一信号传输的可靠性,另外,发送端可以不指示第一信号的滤波器系数,以降低信令开销。Through the above method, the network device can indicate the modulation and coding mode of the first signal to the terminal device, and then the transmitting end and the receiving end can determine the modulation and coding mode of the first signal. Then, the transmitting end and the receiving end can determine the filter coefficients used for the first signal according to the modulation and coding mode of the first signal, thereby improving the reliability of the transmission of the first signal. In addition, the transmitting end may not indicate the filter coefficients of the first signal to reduce signaling overhead.
一种可能的实现方式,所述滤波器系数为频域滤波器系数;所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner, the filter coefficients are frequency domain filter coefficients; and the method further includes:
在频域上对所述第一信号进行上采样,所述上采样的倍数为所述第一信号对应的滤波器的重叠系数;通过所述频域滤波器系数,对所述上采样后的第一信号进行频域滤波处理,获得滤波后的第一信号。The first signal is upsampled in the frequency domain, and the upsampling multiple is the overlap coefficient of the filter corresponding to the first signal; the upsampled first signal is subjected to frequency domain filtering processing through the frequency domain filter coefficient to obtain the filtered first signal.
通过上述方法,可以先通过上采样,对频域信号进行处理,再通过频域滤波器系数,确定CNN中的卷积层中的卷积核,通过CNN中的卷积层进行卷积的方式,对上采样后的第一信号进行卷积处理,实现对第一信号的频域滤波。Through the above method, the frequency domain signal can be processed by upsampling first, and then the convolution kernel in the convolution layer in the CNN can be determined by the frequency domain filter coefficient. The upsampled first signal can be convolved by the convolution layer in the CNN to achieve frequency domain filtering of the first signal.
一种可能的实现方式,所述滤波器系数为频域滤波器系数;所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner, the filter coefficients are frequency domain filter coefficients; and the method further includes:
对所述频域滤波器系数进行时频变换,确定时域滤波器系数;Performing time-frequency transformation on the frequency domain filter coefficients to determine the time domain filter coefficients;
根据所述时域滤波器系数,对所述第一信号进行滤波,获得滤波后的第一信号。The first signal is filtered according to the time domain filter coefficient to obtain a filtered first signal.
一种可能的实现方式,所述滤波器系数为根据训练接收端和/或训练发送端在移动状态下,所述训练接收端接收到的来自所述训练发送端的滤波后的训练信号训练的;In a possible implementation manner, the filter coefficient is trained according to a filtered training signal from the training sending end received by the training receiving end when the training receiving end and/or the training sending end are in a moving state;
所述训练发送端发送的滤波后的训练信号为根据所述待训练的滤波器系数进行滤波后的信号,所述滤波器系数的训练参数为根据以下至少一项确定的:所述训练接收端满足的移动速度区间、所述训练发送端的移动速度满足的移动速度区间或所述第一信号的参数中的至少一项。The filtered training signal sent by the training sending end is a signal filtered according to the filter coefficients to be trained, and the training parameters of the filter coefficients are determined according to at least one of the following: the moving speed interval satisfied by the training receiving end, the moving speed interval satisfied by the moving speed of the training sending end, or at least one of the parameters of the first signal.
通过上述方法,滤波器系数可以是经过训练后获得的,提高滤波器的鲁棒性。Through the above method, the filter coefficients can be obtained after training, thereby improving the robustness of the filter.
第二方面,本申请提供一种数据传输方法,应用于接收端,接收端可以是网络设备、终端设备、或网络设备中的部件,例如芯片,或终端设备中的部件,例如芯片。发送端可以是网络设备、终端设备、或网络设备中的部件,例如芯片,或终端设备中的部件,例如芯片。该方法包括:接收所述发送端发送的滤波后的第一信号;根据滤波器系数,对所述滤波后的第一信号进行处理,所述滤波器系数为根据所述接收端的移动速度和/或所述发送端的移动速度确定的。In a second aspect, the present application provides a data transmission method, which is applied to a receiving end, and the receiving end can be a network device, a terminal device, or a component in a network device, such as a chip, or a component in a terminal device, such as a chip. The transmitting end can be a network device, a terminal device, or a component in a network device, such as a chip, or a component in a terminal device, such as a chip. The method includes: receiving a filtered first signal sent by the transmitting end; processing the filtered first signal according to a filter coefficient, wherein the filter coefficient is determined according to the moving speed of the receiving end and/or the moving speed of the transmitting end.
通过上述方法,接收端可以在考虑了接收端的移动速度和/或所述发送端的移动速度对滤波器系数的影响后,即基于接收端的移动速度和/或所述发送端的移动速度,确定滤波器系数,使得确定出的滤波器系数可以更好的降低在接收端和/或发送端移动时所产生的载波间干扰,有效降低接收端和/或发送端移动时,接收端接收的信号的误码率。Through the above method, the receiving end can determine the filter coefficient after considering the influence of the moving speed of the receiving end and/or the moving speed of the transmitting end on the filter coefficient, that is, based on the moving speed of the receiving end and/or the moving speed of the transmitting end, so that the determined filter coefficient can better reduce the inter-carrier interference generated when the receiving end and/or the transmitting end moves, and effectively reduce the bit error rate of the signal received by the receiving end when the receiving end and/or the transmitting end moves.
一种可能的实现方式,接收来自发送端的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述滤波器系数。In a possible implementation manner, first information is received from a transmitting end, where the first information is used to indicate the filter coefficient.
通过上述方法,通过发送端发送第一信息的方式,接收端在接收到第一信息后,可以确定发送端发送的信号为通过该第一信息指示的滤波器系数滤波的,保证接收端可以正确接收发送端发送的滤波后的第一信号。Through the above method, by sending the first information through the sending end, the receiving end can determine that the signal sent by the sending end is filtered by the filter coefficient indicated by the first information after receiving the first information, thereby ensuring that the receiving end can correctly receive the filtered first signal sent by the sending end.
一种可能的实现方式,在确定所述接收端的移动速度所在的移动速度区间发生变化时,向发送端发送所述接收端的移动速度。In a possible implementation manner, when it is determined that the moving speed interval in which the moving speed of the receiving end is located changes, the moving speed of the receiving end is sent to the sending end.
通过上述方法,在接收端的移动速度所在的移动速度区间发生变化时,可以及时通知发送端,以及时更新滤波器系数,提高传输的信号的滤波性能。By means of the above method, when the moving speed interval of the moving speed of the receiving end changes, the sending end can be notified in time, so as to update the filter coefficient in time and improve the filtering performance of the transmitted signal.
一种可能的实现方式,接收来自所述发送端的第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示更新的滤波器系数,所述更新的滤波器系数为在确定所述接收端的移动速度所在的移动速度区间发生变化和/或所述发送端的移动速度所在的移动速度区间发生变化时确定的。A possible implementation method is to receive second information from the transmitting end, where the second information is used to indicate updated filter coefficients, and the updated filter coefficients are determined when it is determined that the moving speed interval in which the moving speed of the receiving end is located changes and/or the moving speed interval in which the moving speed of the transmitting end is located changes.
通过上述方法,在接收到发送端发送的第二信息后,可以确定滤波器系数更新,从而,接收端可以根据更新后的滤波器系数对接收的信号进行处理,保证信号中的数据可以正确接收,降低误码率。Through the above method, after receiving the second information sent by the transmitter, the filter coefficient update can be determined, so that the receiver can process the received signal according to the updated filter coefficient to ensure that the data in the signal can be received correctly and reduce the bit error rate.
一种可能的实现方式,所述滤波器系数为频域滤波器系数;所述对所述滤波后的第一信号进行滤波处理,包括:通过所述频域滤波器系数,对所述滤波后的第一信号进行频域滤波处理;在频域上对所述滤波后的第一信号进行下采样,所述下采样的倍数为所述第一信号对应的滤波器的重叠系数。In a possible implementation method, the filter coefficient is a frequency domain filter coefficient; the filtering processing of the filtered first signal includes: performing frequency domain filtering processing on the filtered first signal through the frequency domain filter coefficient; downsampling the filtered first signal in the frequency domain, and the downsampling multiple is the overlapping coefficient of the filter corresponding to the first signal.
一种可能的实现方式,所述滤波器系数为根据所述第一信号的参数和所述接收端的移动速度确定的;其中,所述第一信号的参数包括以下至少一项:所述第一信号的调制编码方式或所述第一信号对应的时频资源。In a possible implementation, the filter coefficients are determined based on parameters of the first signal and the moving speed of the receiving end; wherein the parameters of the first signal include at least one of the following: a modulation and coding method of the first signal or a time-frequency resource corresponding to the first signal.
一种可能的实现方式,所述滤波器系数为根据所述第一信号的参数和所述发送端的移动速度确定的;其中,所述第一信号的参数包括以下至少一项:所述第一信号的调制编码方式或所述第一信号对应的时频资源。In a possible implementation, the filter coefficients are determined based on parameters of the first signal and the moving speed of the transmitter; wherein the parameters of the first signal include at least one of the following: a modulation and coding method of the first signal or a time-frequency resource corresponding to the first signal.
一种可能的实现方式,所述滤波器系数为根据所述第一信号的参数、所述接收端的移动速度和所述发送端的移动速度确定的;其中,所述第一信号的参数包括以下至少一项:所述第一信号的调制编码方式或所述第一信号对应的时频资源。In a possible implementation, the filter coefficients are determined based on parameters of the first signal, the moving speed of the receiving end, and the moving speed of the transmitting end; wherein the parameters of the first signal include at least one of the following: a modulation and coding method of the first signal or a time-frequency resource corresponding to the first signal.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一信号的调制编码方式为高阶调制编码方式,所述高阶调制编码方式为阶次大于2的调制编码方式。In a possible implementation manner, the modulation and coding mode of the first signal is a high-order modulation and coding mode, and the high-order modulation and coding mode is a modulation and coding mode with an order greater than 2.
一种可能的实现方式,所述接收端的移动速度和/或所述发送端的移动速度大于预设阈值。In a possible implementation manner, the moving speed of the receiving end and/or the moving speed of the sending end is greater than a preset threshold.
一种可能的实现方式,在所述发送端为网络设备时,所述方法还包括:接收来自所述发送端的所述第一信号的调制编码方式;In a possible implementation manner, when the transmitting end is a network device, the method further includes: receiving a modulation and coding mode of the first signal from the transmitting end;
在所述接收端为网络设备时,所述方法还包括:向所述发送端发送所述第一信号的调制编码方式。When the receiving end is a network device, the method further includes: sending a modulation and coding mode of the first signal to the transmitting end.
一种可能的实现方式,所述滤波器系数为根据训练接收端和/或训练发送端在移动状态下,所述训练接收端接收到的来自所述训练发送端的滤波后的训练信号训练的;所述训练发送端发送的滤波后的训练信号为根据待训练的滤波器系数进行滤波后的信号,所述待训练的滤波器系数的训练参数为根据以下至少一项确定的:所述训练接收端满足的移动速度区间、所述训练发送端的移动速度满足的移动速度区间或所述第一信号的参数中的至少一项。In a possible implementation, the filter coefficients are trained based on a filtered training signal received by the training receiving end from the training sending end when the training receiving end and/or the training sending end are in a moving state; the filtered training signal sent by the training sending end is a signal filtered based on the filter coefficients to be trained, and the training parameters of the filter coefficients to be trained are determined based on at least one of the following: a moving speed interval satisfied by the training receiving end, a moving speed interval satisfied by the moving speed of the training sending end, or at least one of the parameters of the first signal.
第三方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,应用于发送端,发送端可以是网络设备、终端设备、或网络设备中的部件,例如芯片,或终端设备中的部件,例如芯片。该装置可以包括处理模块、发送模块。可选的,还可以包括接收模块。In a third aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which is applied to a transmitting end, and the transmitting end may be a network device, a terminal device, or a component in a network device, such as a chip, or a component in a terminal device, such as a chip. The device may include a processing module and a transmitting module. Optionally, it may also include a receiving module.
处理模块,用于获得接收端的移动速度和/或所述发送端的移动速度。The processing module is used to obtain the moving speed of the receiving end and/or the moving speed of the sending end.
发送模块,用于向所述接收端发送滤波后的第一信号。所述滤波后的第一信号为根据滤波器系数对所述第一信号进行滤波处理后获得的,所述滤波器系数为根据所述接收端的移动速度和/或所述发送端的移动速度确定的。The sending module is used to send the filtered first signal to the receiving end. The filtered first signal is obtained by filtering the first signal according to a filter coefficient, and the filter coefficient is determined according to the moving speed of the receiving end and/or the moving speed of the sending end.
一种可能的实现方式,所述滤波器系数为根据所述第一信号的参数和所述接收端的移动速度确定的。其中,所述第一信号的参数包括以下至少一项:所述第一信号的调制编码方式或所述第一信号对应的时频资源。In a possible implementation, the filter coefficient is determined according to a parameter of the first signal and a moving speed of the receiving end. The parameter of the first signal includes at least one of the following: a modulation coding mode of the first signal or a time-frequency resource corresponding to the first signal.
一种可能的实现方式,所述滤波器系数为根据所述第一信号的参数和所述发送端的移动速度确定的;其中,所述第一信号的参数包括以下至少一项:所述第一信号的调制编码方式或所述第一信号对应的时频资源。In a possible implementation, the filter coefficients are determined based on parameters of the first signal and the moving speed of the transmitter; wherein the parameters of the first signal include at least one of the following: a modulation and coding method of the first signal or a time-frequency resource corresponding to the first signal.
一种可能的实现方式,所述滤波器系数为根据所述第一信号的参数、所述接收端的移动速度和所述发送端的移动速度确定的;其中,所述第一信号的参数包括以下至少一项:所述第一信号的调制编码方式或所述第一信号对应的时频资源。In a possible implementation, the filter coefficients are determined based on parameters of the first signal, the moving speed of the receiving end, and the moving speed of the transmitting end; wherein the parameters of the first signal include at least one of the following: a modulation and coding method of the first signal or a time-frequency resource corresponding to the first signal.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一信号的调制编码方式为高阶调制编码方式,所述高阶调制编码方式为阶次大于2的调制编码方式。In a possible implementation manner, the modulation and coding mode of the first signal is a high-order modulation and coding mode, and the high-order modulation and coding mode is a modulation and coding mode with an order greater than 2.
一种可能的实现方式,所述处理模块,还用于在确定所述接收端的移动速度所在的移动速度区间发生变化和/或所述发送端的移动速度所在的移动速度区间发生变化时,更新所述滤波器系数。In a possible implementation, the processing module is further configured to update the filter coefficient when it is determined that a moving speed interval in which the moving speed of the receiving end is located changes and/or a moving speed interval in which the moving speed of the transmitting end is located changes.
一种可能的实现方式,所述接收端的移动速度和/或所述发送端的移动速度大于预设阈值。In a possible implementation manner, the moving speed of the receiving end and/or the moving speed of the sending end is greater than a preset threshold.
一种可能的实现方式,所述发送模块,还用于向所述接收端发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述滤波器系数。In a possible implementation manner, the sending module is further used to send first information to the receiving end, where the first information is used to indicate the filter coefficient.
一种可能的实现方式,在所述发送端为网络设备时,所述发送模块,还用于向所述接收端发送所述第一信号的调制编码方式;In a possible implementation manner, when the transmitting end is a network device, the transmitting module is further used to send a modulation and coding mode of the first signal to the receiving end;
在所述发送端为终端设备时,所述接收模块,还用于接收来自网络设备的所述第一信号的调制编码方式。When the transmitting end is a terminal device, the receiving module is further used to receive the modulation and coding mode of the first signal from a network device.
一种可能的实现方式,所述滤波器系数为频域滤波器系数;所述处理模块,还用于在频域上对所述第一信号进行上采样,所述上采样的倍数为所述第一信号对应的滤波器的重叠系数;通过所述频域滤波器系数,对所述上采样后的第一信号进行频域滤波处理,获得滤波后的第一信号。In a possible implementation method, the filter coefficient is a frequency domain filter coefficient; the processing module is also used to upsample the first signal in the frequency domain, and the upsampling multiple is the overlapping coefficient of the filter corresponding to the first signal; the upsampled first signal is subjected to frequency domain filtering processing through the frequency domain filter coefficient to obtain the filtered first signal.
一种可能的实现方式,所述滤波器系数为根据训练接收端和/或训练发送端在移动状态下,所述训练接收端接收到的来自所述训练发送端的滤波后的训练信号训练的;所述训练发送端发送的滤波后的训练信号为根据所述待训练的滤波器系数进行滤波后的信号,所述滤波器系数的训练参数为根据以下至少一项确定的:所述训练接收端满足的移动速度区间、所述训练发送端的移动速度满足的移动速度区间或所述第一信号的参数中的至少一项。In a possible implementation, the filter coefficients are trained based on a filtered training signal received by the training receiving end from the training sending end when the training receiving end and/or the training sending end are in a moving state; the filtered training signal sent by the training sending end is a signal filtered according to the filter coefficients to be trained, and the training parameters of the filter coefficients are determined based on at least one of the following: a moving speed interval satisfied by the training receiving end, a moving speed interval satisfied by the moving speed of the training sending end, or at least one of the parameters of the first signal.
第四方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,应用于接收端,接收端可以是网络设备、终端设备、或网络设备中的部件,例如芯片,或终端设备中的部件,例如芯片。该装置可以包括处理模块、接收模块。可选的,该装置还可以包括发送模块。In a fourth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which is applied to a receiving end, and the receiving end may be a network device, a terminal device, or a component in a network device, such as a chip, or a component in a terminal device, such as a chip. The device may include a processing module and a receiving module. Optionally, the device may also include a sending module.
所述接收模块,用于接收所述发送端发送的滤波后的第一信号;The receiving module is used to receive the filtered first signal sent by the sending end;
所述处理模块,用于根据滤波器系数,对所述滤波后的第一信号进行处理,所述滤波器系数为根据所述接收端的移动速度和/或所述发送端的移动速度确定的。The processing module is used to process the filtered first signal according to a filter coefficient, where the filter coefficient is determined according to a moving speed of the receiving end and/or a moving speed of the sending end.
一种可能的实现方式,所述接收模块,用于接收来自发送端的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述滤波器系数。In a possible implementation manner, the receiving module is used to receive first information from a transmitting end, where the first information is used to indicate the filter coefficient.
一种可能的实现方式,所述处理模块,用于在确定所述接收端的移动速度所在的移动速度区间发生变化时,通过所述发送模块向发送端发送所述接收端的移动速度。In a possible implementation manner, the processing module is used to send the moving speed of the receiving end to the sending end through the sending module when it is determined that the moving speed interval in which the moving speed of the receiving end is located changes.
一种可能的实现方式,所述接收模块,用于接收来自所述发送端的第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示更新的滤波器系数,所述更新的滤波器系数为在确定所述接收端的移动速度所在的移动速度区间发生变化和/或所述发送端的移动速度所在的移动速度区间发生变化时确定的。In a possible implementation, the receiving module is used to receive second information from the sending end, where the second information is used to indicate updated filter coefficients, and the updated filter coefficients are determined when it is determined that the moving speed interval in which the moving speed of the receiving end is located changes and/or the moving speed interval in which the moving speed of the sending end is located changes.
一种可能的实现方式,所述滤波器系数为频域滤波器系数;所述处理模块,用于通过所述频域滤波器系数,对所述滤波后的第一信号进行频域滤波处理;在频域上对所述滤波后的第一信号进行下采样,所述下采样的倍数为所述第一信号对应的滤波器的重叠系数。In a possible implementation method, the filter coefficient is a frequency domain filter coefficient; the processing module is used to perform frequency domain filtering on the filtered first signal through the frequency domain filter coefficient; and the filtered first signal is downsampled in the frequency domain, and the downsampling multiple is the overlap coefficient of the filter corresponding to the first signal.
一种可能的实现方式,所述滤波器系数为根据所述第一信号的参数和所述接收端的移动速度确定的;其中,所述第一信号的参数包括以下至少一项:所述第一信号的调制编码方式或所述第一信号对应的时频资源。In a possible implementation, the filter coefficients are determined based on parameters of the first signal and the moving speed of the receiving end; wherein the parameters of the first signal include at least one of the following: a modulation and coding method of the first signal or a time-frequency resource corresponding to the first signal.
一种可能的实现方式,所述滤波器系数为根据所述第一信号的参数和所述发送端的移动速度确定的;其中,所述第一信号的参数包括以下至少一项:所述第一信号的调制编码方式或所述第一信号对应的时频资源。In a possible implementation, the filter coefficients are determined based on parameters of the first signal and the moving speed of the transmitter; wherein the parameters of the first signal include at least one of the following: a modulation and coding method of the first signal or a time-frequency resource corresponding to the first signal.
一种可能的实现方式,所述滤波器系数为根据所述第一信号的参数、所述接收端的移动速度和所述发送端的移动速度确定的;其中,所述第一信号的参数包括以下至少一项:所述第一信号的调制编码方式或所述第一信号对应的时频资源。In a possible implementation, the filter coefficients are determined based on parameters of the first signal, the moving speed of the receiving end, and the moving speed of the transmitting end; wherein the parameters of the first signal include at least one of the following: a modulation and coding method of the first signal or a time-frequency resource corresponding to the first signal.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一信号的调制编码方式为高阶调制编码方式,所述高阶调制编码方式为阶次大于2的调制编码方式。In a possible implementation manner, the modulation and coding mode of the first signal is a high-order modulation and coding mode, and the high-order modulation and coding mode is a modulation and coding mode with an order greater than 2.
一种可能的实现方式,所述接收端的移动速度和/或所述发送端的移动速度大于预设阈值。In a possible implementation manner, the moving speed of the receiving end and/or the moving speed of the sending end is greater than a preset threshold.
一种可能的实现方式,在所述发送端为网络设备时,所述接收模块,用于接收来自所述发送端的所述第一信号的调制编码方式;In a possible implementation manner, when the transmitting end is a network device, the receiving module is used to receive the modulation and coding mode of the first signal from the transmitting end;
在所述接收端为网络设备时,所述发送模块,用于向所述发送端发送所述第一信号的调制编码方式。When the receiving end is a network device, the sending module is used to send the modulation and coding mode of the first signal to the sending end.
一种可能的实现方式,所述滤波器系数为根据训练接收端和/或训练发送端在移动状态下,所述训练接收端接收到的来自所述训练发送端的滤波后的训练信号训练的;所述训练发送端发送的滤波后的训练信号为根据待训练的滤波器系数进行滤波后的信号,所述待训练的滤波器系数的训练参数为根据以下至少一项确定的:所述训练接收端满足的移动速度区间、所述训练发送端的移动速度满足的移动速度区间或所述第一信号的参数中的至少一项。In a possible implementation, the filter coefficients are trained based on a filtered training signal received by the training receiving end from the training sending end when the training receiving end and/or the training sending end are in a moving state; the filtered training signal sent by the training sending end is a signal filtered based on the filter coefficients to be trained, and the training parameters of the filter coefficients to be trained are determined based on at least one of the following: a moving speed interval satisfied by the training receiving end, a moving speed interval satisfied by the moving speed of the training sending end, or at least one of the parameters of the first signal.
第五方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,包括处理器和存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,当该装置运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令,以使该装置执行如上述第一方面的各实现方法中的任意方法。In a fifth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, comprising a processor and a memory, wherein the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions. When the device is running, the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory so that the device executes any of the implementation methods of the first aspect mentioned above.
第六方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,包括处理器和存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,当该装置运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令,以使该装置执行如上述第二方面的各实现方法中的任意方法。In a sixth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, comprising a processor and a memory, wherein the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions. When the device is running, the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory so that the device executes any of the implementation methods of the second aspect described above.
第七方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是网络设备、终端设备、或网络设备中的部件,例如芯片,或终端设备中的部件,例如芯片。该装置可以包括处理器和存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,当该装置运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令,以使该装置执行如上述第一方面或第二方面的各实现方法中的任意方法。In a seventh aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which may be a network device, a terminal device, or a component in a network device, such as a chip, or a component in a terminal device, such as a chip. The device may include a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions, and when the device is running, the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the device performs any method in the implementation methods of the first aspect or the second aspect above.
第八方面,本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第二方面各实现方法中的任意方法。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium, wherein instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer-readable storage medium is run on a computer, the computer executes any of the implementation methods of the first to second aspects above.
第九方面,本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机产品包括计算机程序,当计算机程序运行时,使得上述第一方面至第二方面的各实现方法中的任意方法被执行。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, which includes a computer program. When the computer program is run, any of the implementation methods of the first to second aspects above is executed.
第十方面,本申请实施例还提供一种芯片系统,包括:处理器,用于执行上述第一方面至第二方面的各实现方法中的任意方法。In the tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application also provides a chip system, including: a processor, used to execute any of the implementation methods of the first aspect to the second aspect above.
第十一方面,本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,包括如第三方面或第五方面或第七方面的通信装置,或包括如第四方面或第六方面或第七方面的通信装置。In the eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, including a communication device as in the third aspect, the fifth aspect, or the seventh aspect, or including a communication device as in the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect, or the seventh aspect.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的架构示意图;FIG1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图2a为本申请实施例提供的一种滤波器系数的训练方法的流程示意图;FIG2a is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a filter coefficient training method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图2b为本申请实施例提供的一种滤波过程的示意图;FIG2b is a schematic diagram of a filtering process provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图2c为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG2c is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图2d为本申请实施例提供的一种发射机的结构示意图;FIG2d is a schematic diagram of the structure of a transmitter provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图2e为本申请实施例提供的一种上采样的示意图;FIG2e is a schematic diagram of upsampling provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图2f为本申请实施例提供的一种滤波的示意图;FIG2f is a schematic diagram of a filtering method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图2g为本申请实施例提供的一种接收机的结构示意图;FIG2g is a schematic diagram of the structure of a receiver provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图3a为本申请实施例提供的一种训练滤波器系数的示意图;FIG3a is a schematic diagram of a training filter coefficient provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图3b-图3f为本申请实施例提供的一种滤波器系数的测试结果示意图;FIG. 3b to FIG. 3f are schematic diagrams of test results of a filter coefficient provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的流程意图;FIG4 is a flowchart of a data transmission method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图5a为本申请实施例提供的一种发射机的结构示意图;FIG5a is a schematic diagram of the structure of a transmitter provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图5b为本申请实施例提供的一种接收机的结构示意图;FIG5b is a schematic diagram of the structure of a receiver provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的流程示意图;FIG6 is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a data transmission method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的流程示意图;FIG7 is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a data transmission method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的流程示意图;FIG8 is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a data transmission method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的流程示意图;FIG9 is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a data transmission method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG10 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG11 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本申请提供的通信方法可以应用于各类无线通信架构中的数据传输场景。尤其是涉及支持多载波调制的高速移动设备的数据传输场景,比如窄带物联网系统(narrowband-internet of things,NB-IoT)、全球移动通信系统(global system for mobilecommunications,GSM)、增强型数据速率GSM演进系统(enhanced data rate for GSMevolution,EDGE)、宽带码分多址系统(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)、码分多址2000系统(code division multiple access,CDMA2000)、时分同步码分多址系统(time division-synchronization code division multiple access,TD-SCDMA)、设备到设备(Device-to-Device,D2D)、车辆外联(vehicle-to-everything,V2X)、机器到机器(machine-to-machine,M2M)通信系统,长期演进系统(long Term evolution,LTE)、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统以及第五代(5th generation,5G)移动通信系统或新无线(new radio,NR)系统的应用场景,如增强移动宽带(enhancedmobile broadband,eMBB),超高可靠超低时延通信(ultra reliable low latencycommunication,URLLC)和增强型机器类型通信(enhanced machine-type communication,eMTC),或者应用于未来的通信系统或其它类似的通信系统,如6G系统等。例如:可以适用于上述各种通信系统的上下行解耦、载波聚合(carrier aggregation,CA)、双连接(dualconnectivity,DC)等组网场景。The communication method provided in the present application can be applied to data transmission scenarios in various wireless communication architectures. In particular, it involves data transmission scenarios involving high-speed mobile devices that support multi-carrier modulation, such as narrowband Internet of Things (NB-IoT), global system for mobile communications (GSM), enhanced data rate for GSM evolution (EDGE), wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA), code division multiple access 2000 (CDMA2000), time division-synchronization code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), device-to-device (D2D), vehicle-to-everything (V2X), machine-to-machine (M2M) communication systems, long term evolution (LTE), LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) systems, and fifth generation (5G) mobile communication systems or new wireless (new The application scenarios of the NR (New Radio) system, such as enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), ultra reliable low latency communication (URLLC) and enhanced machine type communication (eMTC), or applied to future communication systems or other similar communication systems, such as 6G systems. For example, it can be applied to networking scenarios such as uplink and downlink decoupling, carrier aggregation (CA), and dual connectivity (DC) in the above-mentioned communication systems.
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的结构示意图,该通信系统中包括网络设备和至少一个终端设备(如图1中所示出的终端1至6)。网络设备可通过上行链路(uplink,UL)和下行链路(downlink,DL)与至少一个终端设备(如终端1)进行通信。所述上行链路是指终端设备到网络设备的通信链路,所述下行链路是指网络设备到终端设备的通信链路。FIG1 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application, wherein the communication system includes a network device and at least one terminal device (terminals 1 to 6 as shown in FIG1 ). The network device can communicate with at least one terminal device (such as terminal 1) via an uplink (UL) and a downlink (DL). The uplink refers to a communication link from a terminal device to a network device, and the downlink refers to a communication link from a network device to a terminal device.
可选的,所述网络设备和终端设备均可以具有多个发射天线和多个接收天线,并且网络设备可以采用例如MIMO技术与至少一个终端设备进行通信。Optionally, both the network device and the terminal device may have multiple transmitting antennas and multiple receiving antennas, and the network device may communicate with at least one terminal device using, for example, MIMO technology.
应理解,该通信系统中也可以存在多个网络设备,且一个网络设备可以为多个终端设备提供服务,本申请实施例对通信系统中包括的网络设备的数量以及终端设备的数量均不作限定。图1中的网络设备以及至少一个终端设备中的部分终端设备或全部终端设备中的每个终端设备都可以实施本申请实施例所提供的技术方案。另外,图1中所示出的各种终端设备仅为终端设备的部分示例,应理解,本申请实施例中的终端设备不限于此。It should be understood that there may be multiple network devices in the communication system, and one network device may provide services for multiple terminal devices. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the number of network devices and the number of terminal devices included in the communication system. The network device in FIG1 and each of some or all of the terminal devices in at least one terminal device may implement the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application. In addition, the various terminal devices shown in FIG1 are only some examples of terminal devices, and it should be understood that the terminal devices in the embodiment of the present application are not limited thereto.
本申请实施例中所提及的网络设备,也称接入网设备,是网络中用于将终端设备接入到无线网络的设备。所述网络设备可以为无线接入网中的节点,又可以称为基站,还可以称为RAN节点(或设备)。所述网络设备可以是LTE系统或演进的LTE系统(LTE-Advanced,LTE-A)中的演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNodeB),或者也可以是5G NR系统中的下一代基站(next generation node B,gNodeB),或者还可以是节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU)、WiFi接入点(access point,AP)、中继节点、接入回传一体化(integrated access and backhaul,IAB)节点或未来移动通信系统中的基站等,再或者还可以是集中式单元(central unit,CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU),本申请实施例并不限定。在接入网设备包括CU和DU的分离部署场景中,CU支持无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)、分组数据汇聚协议(packetdata convergence protocol,PDCP)、业务数据适配协议(service data adaptationprotocol,SDAP)等协议;DU主要支持无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层协议、媒体接入控制(medium access control,MAC)层协议和物理层协议。The network device mentioned in the embodiments of the present application, also called access network device, is a device in the network used to access the terminal device to the wireless network. The network device can be a node in the wireless access network, which can also be called a base station, or a RAN node (or device). The network device may be an evolved NodeB (eNodeB) in an LTE system or an evolved LTE system (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A), or may be a next generation node B (gNodeB) in a 5G NR system, or may be a node B (NB), a base station controller (BSC), a base transceiver station (BTS), a transmission reception point (TRP), a home base station (for example, a home evolved NodeB, or a home Node B, HNB), a base band unit (BBU), a WiFi access point (AP), a relay node, an integrated access and backhaul (IAB) node, or a base station in a future mobile communication system, etc., or may be a centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU), which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application. In the separate deployment scenario where the access network equipment includes CU and DU, CU supports protocols such as radio resource control (RRC), packet data convergence protocol (PDCP), and service data adaptation protocol (SDAP); DU mainly supports radio link control (RLC) layer protocol, medium access control (MAC) layer protocol, and physical layer protocol.
本申请实施例中所提及的终端设备,可以是各种具有无线通信功能的手持设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备。终端设备也可以称为终端(terminal),终端设备还可以是用户单元(subscriber unit)、蜂窝电话(cellular phone)、智能手机(smart phone)、无线数据卡、个人数字助理(personaldigital assistant,PDA)电脑、平板型电脑、无线调制解调器(modem)、手持设备(handset)、膝上型电脑(laptop computer)、机器类型通信(machine typecommunication,MTC)终端等。终端设备还可以是车辆或终端型路边单元,或内置于车辆或路边单元的收发单元或芯片。The terminal device mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be various handheld devices, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to a wireless modem with wireless communication functions. The terminal device may also be referred to as a terminal, and the terminal device may also be a subscriber unit, a cellular phone, a smart phone, a wireless data card, a personal digital assistant (PDA) computer, a tablet computer, a wireless modem, a handheld device (handset), a laptop computer, a machine type communication (MTC) terminal, etc. The terminal device may also be a vehicle or terminal-type roadside unit, or a transceiver unit or chip built into a vehicle or roadside unit.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备或智能穿戴式设备等,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能头盔、智能首饰等。As an example but not limitation, in the embodiments of the present application, the terminal device may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices may also be referred to as wearable smart devices or smart wearable devices, etc., which are a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design and develop wearable devices for daily wear, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only hardware devices, but also powerful functions achieved through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Broadly speaking, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, and independent of smartphones to achieve complete or partial functions, such as smart watches or smart glasses, etc., as well as those that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to be used in conjunction with other devices such as smartphones, such as various types of smart bracelets, smart helmets, and smart jewelry for vital sign monitoring.
而如上介绍的各种终端设备,如果位于车辆上(例如放置在车辆内或安装在车辆内),都可以认为是车载设备,车载设备例如也称为车载单元(on board unit,OBU)。The various terminal devices introduced above, if located on a vehicle (eg, placed in or installed in a vehicle), can be considered as on-board devices, which are also called on-board units (OBU).
本申请实施例中,用于实现终端设备的功能的装置例如是芯片、无线收发器、芯片系统。该装置可以被安装或设置或部署在终端设备中。In the embodiment of the present application, the device for realizing the function of the terminal device is, for example, a chip, a wireless transceiver, or a chip system. The device can be installed, set, or deployed in the terminal device.
本申请实施例不仅可以适用于终端设备和网络设备之间的通信,也可以适用于网络设备和网络设备之间的通信、终端设备和网络设备的通信、车联网、物联网、工业互联网、卫星通信等的通信。The embodiments of the present application can be applied not only to communications between terminal devices and network devices, but also to communications between network devices and network devices, communications between terminal devices and network devices, Internet of Vehicles, Internet of Things, Industrial Internet, satellite communications, etc.
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例下文的描述中,用于生成并发送信号的通信设备也可以称为发射端通信设备或发射设备或发送端,用于接收并解析信号的通信设备也可以称为接收端通信设备或接收设备或接收端。可以理解的是,本申请实施例中仅是基于发送信号或接收信号的功能区分通信设备,而非对通信设备的功能的任何限定。It should be noted that, in the following description of the embodiments of the present application, a communication device for generating and sending a signal may also be referred to as a transmitting end communication device or a transmitting device or a transmitting end, and a communication device for receiving and parsing a signal may also be referred to as a receiving end communication device or a receiving device or a receiving end. It is understandable that in the embodiments of the present application, the communication devices are distinguished based only on the function of sending or receiving a signal, rather than any limitation on the function of the communication device.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换使用。“多个”是指两个或两个以上,鉴于此,本申请实施例中也可以将“多个”理解为“至少两个”。“至少一个”,可理解为一个或多个,例如理解为一个、两个或更多个。例如,包括至少一个,是指包括一个、两个或更多个,而且不限制包括的是哪几个。例如,包括A、B和C中的至少一个,那么包括的可以是A、B、C,A和B,A和C,B和C,或A和B和C。同理,对于“至少一种”等描述的理解,也是类似的。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,字符“/”,如无特殊说明,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should be noted that the terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of the present application can be used interchangeably. "Multiple" refers to two or more. In view of this, in the embodiments of the present application, "multiple" can also be understood as "at least two". "At least one" can be understood as one or more, for example, one, two or more. For example, including at least one means including one, two or more, and there is no restriction on which ones are included. For example, including at least one of A, B and C, then A, B, C, A and B, A and C, B and C, or A and B and C can be included. Similarly, the understanding of descriptions such as "at least one" is similar. "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that three relationships can exist. For example, A and/or B can represent: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. In addition, the character "/", unless otherwise specified, generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship.
除非有相反的说明,本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词用于对多个对象进行区分,不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度,并且“第一”、“第二”的描述也并不限定对象一定不同。Unless otherwise specified, the embodiments of the present application mention ordinal numbers such as "first" and "second" for distinguishing between multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority or importance of multiple objects, and the descriptions of "first" and "second" do not limit the objects to be different.
OFDM因具有抗多径衰落能力、抗符号间干扰能力、带宽灵活以及频谱利用率高的优点,成为移动通信系统核心调制技术。随着高铁等高速交通工具的快速发展,无线信道环境变得更为复杂,这使得高移动性的无线传输技术的研究工作具有很高的挑战性。在终端设备处于移动状态下,尤其是在高速移动性场景下,参考高铁等高速交通工具的移动速度,例如,以终端设备的移动速度大于100km/h作为高速移动为例,高移动性带来的多普勒频偏会破坏传统OFDM调制的子载波正交性,引起载波间干扰,造成严重性能损失。OFDM has become the core modulation technology of mobile communication systems due to its advantages of anti-multipath fading, anti-inter-symbol interference, flexible bandwidth and high spectrum utilization. With the rapid development of high-speed transportation such as high-speed rail, the wireless channel environment has become more complex, which makes the research work of high-mobility wireless transmission technology very challenging. When the terminal device is in a mobile state, especially in high-speed mobility scenarios, refer to the moving speed of high-speed transportation such as high-speed rail, for example, take the moving speed of the terminal device greater than 100km/h as a high-speed movement as an example, the Doppler frequency deviation caused by high mobility will destroy the subcarrier orthogonality of traditional OFDM modulation, causing inter-carrier interference and causing serious performance loss.
滤波器组多载波(filter bank multi-carrier,FBMC)是一种多载波调制技术,相对于OFDM,FBMC具有更低的带外辐射和更高的频谱效率。Filter bank multi-carrier (FBMC) is a multi-carrier modulation technology. Compared with OFDM, FBMC has lower out-of-band radiation and higher spectrum efficiency.
FBMC采用一组并行的子带滤波器对多载波信号进行滤波,这一组滤波器由同一个原型滤波器调制获得。由于原型滤波器良好的时频局域特性,FMBC在不需要添加循环前缀(cyclic prefix,CP)的前提下即可在衰落信道中达到较好的传输性能,和OFDM相比,FBMC能显著降低系统对于子载波严格正交的要求,改善信号时频分布特性,从而减少多普勒频偏对多载波系统造成的性能损失。但是,通常原型滤波器的滤波器系数是固定的,无法考虑在发送端和/或接收端的不同速度下信道变化对滤波性能的影响,导致载波间的干扰较大。FBMC uses a set of parallel subband filters to filter multi-carrier signals, and this set of filters is modulated by the same prototype filter. Due to the good time-frequency local characteristics of the prototype filter, FMBC can achieve good transmission performance in fading channels without adding a cyclic prefix (CP). Compared with OFDM, FBMC can significantly reduce the system's requirements for strict orthogonality of subcarriers, improve the signal's time-frequency distribution characteristics, and thus reduce the performance loss caused by Doppler frequency deviation to multi-carrier systems. However, the filter coefficients of the prototype filter are usually fixed, and it is impossible to consider the impact of channel changes on filtering performance at different speeds at the transmitter and/or receiver, resulting in greater interference between carriers.
本申请适用的场景包括发送端和/或接收端可能存在移动的场景,例如,发送端为网络设备,接收端为终端设备,接收端可能存在移动,即接收端的移动速度可能不为零。再比如,发送端为终端设备,接收端为网络设备,发送端可能存在移动,即发送端的移动速度可能不为零。或者,发送端和接收端都为终端设备,则发送端和接收端可能都处于移动的场景。The application is applicable to scenarios where the sender and/or the receiver may move, for example, the sender is a network device, the receiver is a terminal device, and the receiver may move, that is, the moving speed of the receiver may not be zero. For another example, the sender is a terminal device, the receiver is a network device, and the sender may move, that is, the moving speed of the sender may not be zero. Alternatively, if both the sender and the receiver are terminal devices, then both the sender and the receiver may be in a moving scenario.
本申请实施例中,提供一种滤波器系数的训练方法,该方法可适用于图1的系统架构中的网络设备和终端设备,在网络设备为发送端时,可以作为该训练方法的训练发送端,在终端设备为接收端时,可以作为该训练方法的训练接收端。当然,也可以是结合图1中的网络设备和终端设备,通过服务器执行。其中,发送端可用于发送端所具备的功能,比如,发送端可以是网络设备,也可以是用于实现网络设备功能的装置,或者,终端设备或用于实现终端设备功能的装置,如芯片、芯片系统、收发器和/或存储器等。接收端可用于实现接收端所具备的功能,比如接收端可以是终端设备,也可以是用于实现该终端设备功能的装置,或者,接收端可以是网络设备或用于实现网络设备功能的装置,如芯片、芯片系统、收发器和/或存储器等。In an embodiment of the present application, a training method for filter coefficients is provided, which method can be applied to the network device and terminal device in the system architecture of Figure 1. When the network device is a transmitter, it can be used as a training transmitter of the training method, and when the terminal device is a receiver, it can be used as a training receiver of the training method. Of course, it can also be executed by a server in combination with the network device and terminal device in Figure 1. Among them, the transmitter can be used for the functions possessed by the transmitter, for example, the transmitter can be a network device, or a device for realizing the functions of the network device, or a terminal device or a device for realizing the functions of the terminal device, such as a chip, a chip system, a transceiver and/or a memory. The receiving end can be used to realize the functions possessed by the receiving end, for example, the receiving end can be a terminal device, or a device for realizing the functions of the terminal device, or the receiving end can be a network device or a device for realizing the functions of the network device, such as a chip, a chip system, a transceiver and/or a memory.
如图2a所示,本申请实施例提供的滤波器系数的训练方法可包括以下步骤:As shown in FIG. 2a , the filter coefficient training method provided in the embodiment of the present application may include the following steps:
步骤201:训练发送端获得训练信号。Step 201: The training transmitter obtains a training signal.
一种可能的实现方式,本申请中的训练发送端可以是用于训练滤波器系数的发送端,相应的,本申请中的训练接收端可以是用于训练滤波器系数的接收端,训练发送端可以是图1中的任一种发送端,训练接收端可以是图1中的任一种接收端,例如,训练发送端可以是网络设备,也可以是终端设备。训练接收端可以是网络设备,也可以是终端设备,在此不做限定。In a possible implementation, the training transmitter in the present application may be a transmitter for training filter coefficients, and correspondingly, the training receiver in the present application may be a receiver for training filter coefficients, the training transmitter may be any transmitter in FIG. 1, and the training receiver may be any receiver in FIG. 1, for example, the training transmitter may be a network device or a terminal device. The training receiver may be a network device or a terminal device, which is not limited here.
训练发送端和训练接收端可以是在训练环境中设置的,训练环境可以是由仿真软件提供的,用于模拟真实世界的设备间收发信号的环境。The training transmitter and the training receiver may be set in a training environment, and the training environment may be provided by simulation software to simulate an environment for sending and receiving signals between devices in the real world.
训练环境的参数可以是根据待训练的场景确定的,也可以是基于采集到的训练样本设置的。训练样本可以是基于在真实环境中采集的网络设备和终端设备之间发送的信号采集到的信息。例如,该信号的参数,及接收端对接收到的信号进行估计后获得的信道参数,例如,信道反馈信息、信噪比等。The parameters of the training environment can be determined according to the scene to be trained, or can be set based on the collected training samples. The training samples can be information collected based on the signals sent between the network device and the terminal device collected in the real environment. For example, the parameters of the signal, and the channel parameters obtained by the receiving end after estimating the received signal, such as channel feedback information, signal-to-noise ratio, etc.
训练环境的参数可以包括以下至少一项:训练发送端的移动速度,训练接收端的移动速度,发送训练信号的信道环境的参数,例如,信道环境对应的信道模型的参数等。信道环境对应的信道模型的参数可以包括:信噪比、信道的时延扩展等参数。下文中具体介绍,在此不再赘述。训练环境的参数还可以包括:训练信号的参数中的至少一项。其中,训练信号的参数包括以下至少一项:所述训练信号的调制编码方式、所述训练信号对应的时频资源。The parameters of the training environment may include at least one of the following: the mobile speed of the training transmitter, the mobile speed of the training receiver, the parameters of the channel environment for sending the training signal, for example, the parameters of the channel model corresponding to the channel environment, etc. The parameters of the channel model corresponding to the channel environment may include: signal-to-noise ratio, delay spread of the channel and other parameters. This will be described in detail below and will not be repeated here. The parameters of the training environment may also include: at least one of the parameters of the training signal. Among them, the parameters of the training signal include at least one of the following: the modulation and coding method of the training signal, and the time-frequency resources corresponding to the training signal.
例如,如图1所示的,训练环境包括的训练发送端为如图1所示的网络设备,训练环境包括的训练接收端为如图1所示的终端设备,网络设备和终端设备在训练环境中进行通信,网络设备和终端设备之间的信道环境可以是基于道路环境,交通环境,建筑物,桥梁、路障等仿真环境,也可以是基于信道模型确定的信道环境。For example, as shown in Figure 1, the training environment includes a training sending end which is the network device shown in Figure 1, and the training environment includes a training receiving end which is the terminal device shown in Figure 1. The network device and the terminal device communicate in the training environment, and the channel environment between the network device and the terminal device can be based on a simulated environment such as a road environment, a traffic environment, a building, a bridge, a roadblock, etc., or it can be a channel environment determined based on a channel model.
例如,基于多径信道模型中的时分复用的增强长期演进(time division longterm evolution advanced,TDL-A)信道作为训练环境中的信道环境,信道环境中的参数可以包括:信噪比、信道的时延扩展等参数。其中,信噪比表征了信道质量。信道的时延扩展表征了信道对信号的干扰程度,在信道对信号的干扰越大时,信道的时延扩展越大。需要说明的是,信道环境中的参数可以是基于接收端在实际环境通信时反馈的信息确定的,也可以通过设置的训练环境确定的,还可以通过其他方式确定的,在此不做限定。For example, based on the time division multiplexing enhanced long term evolution advanced (TDL-A) channel in the multipath channel model as the channel environment in the training environment, the parameters in the channel environment may include: signal-to-noise ratio, channel delay spread and other parameters. Among them, the signal-to-noise ratio characterizes the channel quality. The delay spread of the channel characterizes the degree of interference of the channel to the signal. The greater the interference of the channel to the signal, the greater the delay spread of the channel. It should be noted that the parameters in the channel environment can be determined based on the information fed back by the receiving end during communication in the actual environment, or can be determined by the set training environment, or can be determined by other means, which are not limited here.
举例来说,训练样本可以是基于在真实环境中采集的网络设备和终端设备之间发送的信号获得的信道估计的参数、信噪比、信道的时延扩展确定的信道环境的参数,作为训练环境中的信道环境的参数。For example, the training samples can be parameters of the channel environment determined by channel estimation parameters, signal-to-noise ratio, and channel delay spread obtained based on signals sent between network devices and terminal devices collected in a real environment, as parameters of the channel environment in the training environment.
为简化训练的复杂度,一种可能的实现方式,训练信号中的数据可以是随机数生成的,还可以是导频信号,例如,用于进行信道估计的导频信号。举例来说,训练信号对应的数据可以由0和1组成的随机比特流经过偏置正交幅度调制(offset quadratureamplitude modulation,OQAM)星座映射所得。以4OQAM调制为例,生成的训练信号的数据可以为+0.7071、-0.7071、+0.7071i、-0.7071i四种复数值组成的随机复数序列。生成训练信号对应的数据后,还可以根据训练信号的参数,对训练信号进行处理,获得滤波前的训练信号。In order to simplify the complexity of training, a possible implementation method is that the data in the training signal can be generated by random numbers, or it can be a pilot signal, for example, a pilot signal used for channel estimation. For example, the data corresponding to the training signal can be obtained by mapping a random bit stream composed of 0 and 1 through an offset quadrature amplitude modulation (OQAM) constellation. Taking 4OQAM modulation as an example, the data of the generated training signal can be a random complex sequence composed of four complex values of +0.7071, -0.7071, +0.7071i, and -0.7071i. After generating the data corresponding to the training signal, the training signal can also be processed according to the parameters of the training signal to obtain the training signal before filtering.
其中,训练环境中训练信号的参数可以是基于训练样本中的信号的参数确定的。例如,训练样本中的信号的参数可以包括:训练样本中的信号的时频资源、训练样本中的信号的调制编码方式等。相应的,训练环境中的训练信号的参数可以包括:训练信号的时频资源、训练信号的调制编码方式等。即训练信号的时频资源可以是基于训练样本的信号的时频资源确定的,训练信号的调制编码方式可以是基于训练样本的信号的调制编码方式确定的。Among them, the parameters of the training signal in the training environment can be determined based on the parameters of the signal in the training sample. For example, the parameters of the signal in the training sample may include: the time-frequency resources of the signal in the training sample, the modulation and coding method of the signal in the training sample, etc. Correspondingly, the parameters of the training signal in the training environment may include: the time-frequency resources of the training signal, the modulation and coding method of the training signal, etc. That is, the time-frequency resources of the training signal can be determined based on the time-frequency resources of the signal of the training sample, and the modulation and coding method of the training signal can be determined based on the modulation and coding method of the signal of the training sample.
其中,训练信号的时频资源可以包括:承载该训练信号的子载波数、符号数、子载波间隔、载波频率等,时频资源可以是基于训练发送端和训练接收端对应的通信系统确定的,也可以是网络设备为训练发送端和训练接收端配置的,也可以是根据协议确定的,在此不做限定。Among them, the time-frequency resources of the training signal may include: the number of subcarriers, the number of symbols, the subcarrier spacing, the carrier frequency, etc. that carry the training signal. The time-frequency resources may be determined based on the communication system corresponding to the training transmitter and the training receiver, or may be configured by the network device for the training transmitter and the training receiver, or may be determined according to the protocol, which is not limited here.
考虑到在无线通信中,信道调制编码方案的选择将会同时影响信道误码和传输时延。发送端和接收端可以基于信道状态信息确定自适应调制编码(adaptive modulationand coding,AMC)等调制编码方式进行通信。以LTE、NR等蜂窝网络为例。下行通信中,终端设备通过基站发送的参考信号进行信道状态测量,并通过信道质量指示(channel qualityindicator,CQI)将信道状态(或称信道质量)反馈给基站,基站参考CQI确定调制与编码策略(modulation and coding scheme,MCS)等级。MCS等级即对应调制编码方案,并通过下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)将MCS等级发送给终端设备,以指示终端设备应使用的MCS等级。上行通信中,基站直接通过终端设备发送的参考信号进行信道状态测量,并确定MCS等级,并通过DCI将MCS等级发送给终端设备。当上述信道测量时发生信道状态变化,基站将自适应地调制MCS等级。例如,当信道状态变差时,基站将调低MCS等级,降低通信链路上的吞吐,避免误码率的增加,保证通信信息的正确接收和解调;当信道状态变好时,基站将调高MCS等级,提升通信链路的吞吐。Considering that in wireless communication, the selection of channel modulation and coding scheme will affect both channel error and transmission delay. The transmitter and receiver can determine modulation and coding methods such as adaptive modulation and coding (AMC) based on channel state information for communication. Take cellular networks such as LTE and NR as examples. In downlink communication, the terminal device measures the channel state through the reference signal sent by the base station, and feeds back the channel state (or channel quality) to the base station through the channel quality indicator (CQI). The base station determines the modulation and coding strategy (MCS) level with reference to the CQI. The MCS level corresponds to the modulation and coding scheme, and the MCS level is sent to the terminal device through the downlink control information (DCI) to indicate the MCS level that the terminal device should use. In uplink communication, the base station directly measures the channel state through the reference signal sent by the terminal device, determines the MCS level, and sends the MCS level to the terminal device through the DCI. When the channel state changes during the above channel measurement, the base station will adaptively modulate the MCS level. For example, when the channel status deteriorates, the base station will lower the MCS level to reduce the throughput on the communication link, avoid an increase in the bit error rate, and ensure the correct reception and demodulation of communication information; when the channel status improves, the base station will increase the MCS level to improve the throughput of the communication link.
因此,信道环境还可能与训练信号的调制编码方式有关。即训练信号的调制编码方式可以是基于信道环境确定的。例如,可以基于训练环境采用的信道质量,确定该信道质量对应的训练信号的调制编码方式。Therefore, the channel environment may also be related to the modulation and coding mode of the training signal. That is, the modulation and coding mode of the training signal may be determined based on the channel environment. For example, the modulation and coding mode of the training signal corresponding to the channel quality may be determined based on the channel quality used in the training environment.
本申请中,训练信号的调制编码方式可以是根据训练环境的信道状态确定的,即网络设备根据MCS确定的调整编码方式,也可以是网络设备为训练信号配置的调制编码方式,也可以是根据待训练的场景或训练目标确定的,在此不做限定。In the present application, the modulation and coding method of the training signal can be determined according to the channel state of the training environment, that is, the network device adjusts the coding method according to the MCS, or it can be the modulation and coding method configured by the network device for the training signal, or it can be determined according to the scenario to be trained or the training target, which is not limited here.
考虑到本申请待训练的模型是用于训练接收端和或发送端在移动状态下的滤波器系数,因此,训练环境的参数在包括训练信号的参数、信道环境的参数之外,还可以包括:滤波器参数(例如,FBMC重叠系数K)、发送端和接收端之间的训练速度(例如,发送端和接收端之间的相对速度、发送端的绝对速度、接收端的绝对速度)等。例如,如表1所示,为训练参数的一种可能的示例。Considering that the model to be trained in the present application is used to train the filter coefficients of the receiving end and/or the transmitting end in a mobile state, the parameters of the training environment may include, in addition to the parameters of the training signal and the parameters of the channel environment, filter parameters (e.g., FBMC overlap coefficient K), training speed between the transmitting end and the receiving end (e.g., relative speed between the transmitting end and the receiving end, absolute speed of the transmitting end, absolute speed of the receiving end), etc. For example, as shown in Table 1, it is a possible example of training parameters.
表1Table 1
以发送端不移动,接收端移动的训练场景为例,在表1的示例中,训练环境可以是发送端不移动,接收端以600km/h的速度移动的场景进行训练的。Taking the training scenario where the sending end does not move and the receiving end moves as an example, in the example of Table 1, the training environment can be a scenario where the sending end does not move and the receiving end moves at a speed of 600 km/h.
以接收端不移动,发送端移动的训练场景为例,在表1的示例中,训练环境可以是接收端不移动,发送端以600km/h的速度移动的场景进行训练的。Taking the training scenario where the receiving end does not move and the sending end moves as an example, in the example of Table 1, the training environment can be a scenario where the receiving end does not move and the sending end moves at a speed of 600 km/h.
以接收端和发送端都移动的训练场景为例,在表1的示例中,训练环境可以是接收端相对发送端以600km/h的速度移动的场景进行训练的。Taking the training scenario where both the receiving end and the transmitting end are moving as an example, in the example of Table 1, the training environment may be a scenario where the receiving end moves at a speed of 600 km/h relative to the transmitting end for training.
需要说明的是,在训练信号是通过FBMC进行调制时,则在该示例中,训练信号的调制方式可以是4OQAM,在训练信号是通过OFDM进行调制的,则在该示例中,训练信号的调制方式可以是16QAM。表1中的信噪比仅为示例,在此不做限定。It should be noted that when the training signal is modulated by FBMC, in this example, the modulation mode of the training signal may be 4OQAM, and when the training signal is modulated by OFDM, in this example, the modulation mode of the training signal may be 16QAM. The signal-to-noise ratio in Table 1 is only an example and is not limited here.
步骤202:训练发送端根据待训练的滤波器系数对训练信号进行滤波处理,获得滤波后的训练信号。Step 202: The training transmitter performs filtering processing on the training signal according to the filter coefficients to be trained to obtain a filtered training signal.
本申请中,待训练的滤波器系数可以是基于待训练的滤波器对应的滤波器系数。即滤波器系数可以是基于滤波器系数对应的模型训练后确定的。训练发送端可以根据训练发送端的模型对训练信号进行滤波处理,并经过训练环境设置的信道发送给训练接收端,训练接收端基于训练接收端的模型对接收到的信号(即训练发送端发送的滤波后的信号)进行滤波的恢复处理,估计出滤波前的信号,基于估计的滤波前的信号和训练发送端的训练信号,可以对滤波器系数对应的模型进行训练。其中,训练发送端的模型中的滤波器系数与训练接收端的模型中的滤波器系数相同,在每次训练后,同步进行更新。In the present application, the filter coefficients to be trained can be based on the filter coefficients corresponding to the filter to be trained. That is, the filter coefficients can be determined after training based on the model corresponding to the filter coefficients. The training transmitter can filter the training signal according to the model of the training transmitter, and send it to the training receiver through the channel set by the training environment. The training receiver performs a filtering recovery process on the received signal (that is, the filtered signal sent by the training transmitter) based on the model of the training receiver, and estimates the signal before filtering. Based on the estimated signal before filtering and the training signal of the training transmitter, the model corresponding to the filter coefficient can be trained. Among them, the filter coefficients in the model of the training transmitter are the same as the filter coefficients in the model of the training receiver, and are updated synchronously after each training.
考虑到频域滤波器的滤波过程与特征提取模型中的卷积核的卷积过程相似的特征,本申请中,可以通过用深度学习模型的训练方法对频域滤波器的滤波器系数进行训练,以获得适应高速运动场景下的滤波器。Considering that the filtering process of the frequency domain filter is similar to the convolution process of the convolution kernel in the feature extraction model, in this application, the filter coefficients of the frequency domain filter can be trained by using the training method of the deep learning model to obtain a filter that is suitable for high-speed motion scenarios.
需要说明的是,本申请中的特征提取模型可以采用深度学习模型,比如神经网络模型。例如,神经网络模型可以是卷积神经网络(convolutional neural network,CNN)模型、循环神经网络模型等。CNN是一种目前已经被广泛使用于图像识别领域的深度学习网络结构,这是一种前馈神经网络,人工神经元可以响应周围单元。作为一种示例,本申请实施例可以采用CNN模型中的卷积层作为待训练的滤波器对应的模型。如图2b中的(a)所示,为滤波前的训练信号在时域上的分布,如图2b中的(b)所示,为滤波后的训练信号在时域上的分布。其中,卷积层中的卷积核的权重系数即为待训练的滤波器的滤波器系数。在训练时,该卷积层的输入为训练信号,可以通过卷积核中的权重系数对训练信号进行卷积,即实现滤波器的滤波过程:通过滤波器系数对训练信号进行滤波。该卷积层的输出是训练信号的滤波结果。经过特征提取模型学习后的滤波器系数的泛化能力强,对不同信道环境的适应性强。后续描述时,以CNN模型的特征提取模块为例。It should be noted that the feature extraction model in the present application can adopt a deep learning model, such as a neural network model. For example, the neural network model can be a convolutional neural network (CNN) model, a recurrent neural network model, etc. CNN is a deep learning network structure that has been widely used in the field of image recognition. This is a feedforward neural network, and artificial neurons can respond to surrounding units. As an example, the embodiment of the present application can use the convolution layer in the CNN model as the model corresponding to the filter to be trained. As shown in (a) in Figure 2b, it is the distribution of the training signal in the time domain before filtering, and as shown in (b) in Figure 2b, it is the distribution of the training signal in the time domain after filtering. Among them, the weight coefficient of the convolution kernel in the convolution layer is the filter coefficient of the filter to be trained. During training, the input of the convolution layer is the training signal, and the training signal can be convolved by the weight coefficient in the convolution kernel, that is, the filtering process of the filter is realized: the training signal is filtered by the filter coefficient. The output of the convolution layer is the filtering result of the training signal. The filter coefficient after learning the feature extraction model has strong generalization ability and strong adaptability to different channel environments. In the subsequent description, the feature extraction module of the CNN model is taken as an example.
举例来说,训练发送端生成的发送信号可以是发送端通过发送端基于待训练的滤波器(例如,待训练的特征提取模型)对训练信号进行滤波处理后,获得的滤波处理后的训练信号。For example, the transmission signal generated by the training transmitter may be a filtered training signal obtained by the transmitter after filtering the training signal based on a filter to be trained (eg, a feature extraction model to be trained).
其中,在第一次训练开始时,待训练的滤波器系数可以是初始值,训练发送端和训练接收端的待训练的滤波器系数是一致的。在一些实施例中,为加快特征提取模型的训练速度,可以使用PHYDYAS原型滤波器的滤波器系数作为初始值。例如,滤波器系数的初始值可以为[0,…,0,0.2351,0.7071,0.9720,1.0000,0.9720,0.7071,0.2351,0,…,0]L。其中,L为滤波器系数的个数,滤波器系数的个数可以根据滤波器的精度、滤波器使用的场景确定,在此不做限定。Among them, at the beginning of the first training, the filter coefficients to be trained can be initial values, and the filter coefficients to be trained at the training sending end and the training receiving end are consistent. In some embodiments, in order to speed up the training speed of the feature extraction model, the filter coefficients of the PHYDYAS prototype filter can be used as initial values. For example, the initial value of the filter coefficient can be [0,…,0,0.2351,0.7071,0.9720,1.0000,0.9720,0.7071,0.2351,0,…,0] L. Among them, L is the number of filter coefficients, and the number of filter coefficients can be determined according to the accuracy of the filter and the scenario in which the filter is used, and is not limited here.
步骤203:训练发送端向训练接收端发送滤波后的训练信号。Step 203: The training sending end sends the filtered training signal to the training receiving end.
相应的,训练接收端接收训练发送端发送的滤波后的训练信号。其中,接收端在训练场景中,接收到发送端发送的待训练的滤波器进行滤波处理后的训练信号。Correspondingly, the training receiving end receives the filtered training signal sent by the training sending end. In the training scenario, the receiving end receives the training signal sent by the sending end after the filter to be trained performs filtering processing.
步骤204:训练接收端根据待训练的滤波器系数对接收到的训练信号进行滤波处理,获得接收的训练信号的估计值。Step 204: The training receiving end performs filtering processing on the received training signal according to the filter coefficients to be trained to obtain an estimated value of the received training signal.
在训练场景中,训练接收端接收到训练发送端发送的待训练的滤波器进行滤波处理后的训练信号后,可以经过相应的待训练的滤波器对接收到的信号进行滤波处理后,对发送端未经过滤波的训练信号进行估计,获得训练信号的估计值。In the training scenario, after the training receiving end receives the training signal after filtering by the filter to be trained sent by the training sending end, it can filter the received signal through the corresponding filter to be trained, and then estimate the unfiltered training signal of the sending end to obtain the estimated value of the training signal.
步骤205:训练装置根据训练信号和接收的训练信号的估计值,训练滤波器系数。Step 205: The training device trains the filter coefficients according to the training signal and the estimated value of the received training signal.
在一些实施例中,步骤205中,训练装置可以是训练发送端、还可以是训练接收端,也可以是用于训练滤波器系数的设备或部件,在此不做限定。In some embodiments, in step 205, the training device may be a training transmitter, a training receiver, or a device or component for training filter coefficients, which is not limited here.
一种可能的实现方式,在步骤201之后,训练发送端可以向训练装置发送训练信号,在步骤204之后,训练接收端可以向训练装置发送接收信号的估计值,从而,训练装置根据训练信号和接收信号的估计值,训练滤波器系数。In one possible implementation, after step 201, the training transmitter may send a training signal to the training device, and after step 204, the training receiver may send an estimated value of the received signal to the training device, so that the training device trains the filter coefficients according to the training signal and the estimated value of the received signal.
步骤206:训练装置更新训练发送端和训练接收端的待训练的滤波器系数。Step 206: The training device updates the filter coefficients to be trained at the training transmitter and the training receiver.
举例来说,训练装置可以根据训练信号和训练信号的估计值,确定训练模型的损失函数。在确定该损失函数不满足收敛条件时,可以根据该损失函数,对待训练的滤波器系数进行调整,并将调整后的滤波器系数发送给训练发送端和训练接收端。此时,一次训练过程结束。For example, the training device can determine the loss function of the training model based on the training signal and the estimated value of the training signal. When it is determined that the loss function does not meet the convergence condition, the filter coefficients to be trained can be adjusted according to the loss function, and the adjusted filter coefficients can be sent to the training sending end and the training receiving end. At this point, a training process ends.
例如,如图3a所示,在接收端确定信号估计值后,训练装置可以确定待训练的滤波器系数的损失函数Loss,该损失函数可以是以滤波器系数为参数的函数。例如,损失函数Loss满足:For example, as shown in FIG3a, after the receiving end determines the signal estimation value, the training device can determine the loss function Loss of the filter coefficient to be trained, and the loss function can be a function with the filter coefficient as a parameter. For example, the loss function Loss satisfies:
其中,M表示频域的子载波数,N表示时域的符号数。训练发送端发送的训练信号为Sm,n,训练接收端对接收的信号通过待训练的滤波器的恢复滤波的处理后,可以得到训练发送端在星座解映射前第m个子载波第n个符号上的信号的估计值 Where M represents the number of subcarriers in the frequency domain, and N represents the number of symbols in the time domain. The training signal sent by the training transmitter is S m,n . After the training receiver processes the received signal through the recovery filter of the filter to be trained, the estimated value of the signal on the nth symbol of the mth subcarrier before constellation demapping can be obtained.
在一种可能的实现方式中,训练装置可以利用Adam优化器,对损失函数Loss进行最小化处理,获得待训练的滤波器系数的调整值。举例来说,可以对损失函数进行求导,沿导数相反方向移动滤波器系数,获得每个滤波器系数的调整值。最终训练完成时,使得训练接收端接收到的信号通过滤波器恢复后,可以看做与训练发送端滤波前的训练信号一致,即信道的干扰可以忽略。此时,滤波器的性能最佳。In one possible implementation, the training device can use the Adam optimizer to minimize the loss function Loss to obtain the adjustment value of the filter coefficient to be trained. For example, the loss function can be derived, and the filter coefficient can be moved in the opposite direction of the derivative to obtain the adjustment value of each filter coefficient. When the training is finally completed, the signal received by the training receiving end can be regarded as consistent with the training signal before filtering by the training sending end after being restored by the filter, that is, the interference of the channel can be ignored. At this time, the performance of the filter is optimal.
当然,训练装置还可以通过其他方式最小化损失函数,例如,采用反向传播算法以及随机梯度下降(stochastic gradient descent,SGD)优化算法反复迭代训练,使得滤波器系数经过多次训练后,损失函数值收敛。当损失函数值收敛时,确定滤波器系数训练完成。Of course, the training device can also minimize the loss function in other ways, for example, by using a back propagation algorithm and a stochastic gradient descent (SGD) optimization algorithm to iterate the training so that the filter coefficients converge after multiple trainings. When the loss function value converges, it is determined that the filter coefficient training is completed.
在一些实施例中,训练装置可以是训练发送端,例如,训练接收端将接收信号的估计值发送给发送端,训练发送端可以根据训练信号和接收信号的估计值,训练滤波器系数。一次训练过程结束后,训练发送端可以将调整后的滤波器系数发送给训练接收端,使得训练接收端更新自身的滤波器系数,用于下一次训练。In some embodiments, the training device may be a training transmitter, for example, the training receiver sends the estimated value of the received signal to the transmitter, and the training transmitter may train the filter coefficients according to the training signal and the estimated value of the received signal. After a training process is completed, the training transmitter may send the adjusted filter coefficients to the training receiver, so that the training receiver updates its own filter coefficients for the next training.
在另一些实施例中,训练装置还可以是训练接收端,例如,训练接收端可以预先获得训练信号,并根据训练信号和接收信号的估计值,训练滤波器系数。一次训练过程结束后,训练接收端可以将调整后的滤波器系数发送给发送端,使得训练发送端更新自身的滤波器系数,用于下一次训练。In other embodiments, the training device may also be a training receiving end. For example, the training receiving end may obtain a training signal in advance and train the filter coefficients according to the training signal and the estimated value of the received signal. After a training process is completed, the training receiving end may send the adjusted filter coefficients to the sending end, so that the training sending end updates its own filter coefficients for the next training.
重复上述训练过程,在确定训练模型的损失函数满足收敛条件时,可以确定滤波器系数训练完成。收敛条件可以是训练模型的损失函数的值小于预设阈值。预设阈值可以根据训练目标确定,在此不做限定。Repeat the above training process, and when it is determined that the loss function of the training model meets the convergence condition, it can be determined that the filter coefficient training is completed. The convergence condition can be that the value of the loss function of the training model is less than a preset threshold. The preset threshold can be determined according to the training goal and is not limited here.
训练完成的滤波器系数,可以用于与该训练场景匹配的场景中,发送端和接收端使用的训练后的滤波器系数。The trained filter coefficients can be used as the trained filter coefficients used by the transmitter and the receiver in a scenario matching the training scenario.
请参阅图2c,图2c为本申请中的一种用于信号传输的装置的结构示意图。如图2c所示,该装置包括射频单元(radio frequency unit,RF unit)、发送模块(transportmodule,Tx module)、接收模块(receive module,Rx module)、处理器(processor)以及存储器(memory),其中,Tx module将待发送的信号传输给RF unit进行发送,Rx module则接收来自RF unit的信号,传输至处理器进行进一步的处理,比如同步、信道估计、信道均衡等。Please refer to Figure 2c, which is a schematic diagram of the structure of a device for signal transmission in the present application. As shown in Figure 2c, the device includes a radio frequency unit (RF unit), a transmission module (Tx module), a receiving module (Rx module), a processor (processor) and a memory (memory), wherein the Tx module transmits the signal to be transmitted to the RF unit for transmission, and the Rx module receives the signal from the RF unit and transmits it to the processor for further processing, such as synchronization, channel estimation, channel equalization, etc.
发送端可以用于生成训练信号,其中,训练信号可以为解调参考信号、用于信道估计的导频信号或用于训练滤波器系数的训练信号等等。此时,发送端可以是训练发送端。The transmitting end may be used to generate a training signal, wherein the training signal may be a demodulation reference signal, a pilot signal for channel estimation, or a training signal for training filter coefficients, etc. In this case, the transmitting end may be a training transmitting end.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该发送端可以为FBMC发射机。如图2d所示,为本申请提供的一种FBMC发射机的结构示意图。该FBMC发射机可以包括星座映射(Mapping)模块、OQAM模块、综合滤波器组模块、并串(parallel/serial,P/S)转换器、射频(radio frequency,RF)模块和天线。In a possible implementation, the transmitting end may be an FBMC transmitter. As shown in FIG2d, it is a schematic diagram of the structure of an FBMC transmitter provided by the present application. The FBMC transmitter may include a constellation mapping module, an OQAM module, a comprehensive filter bank module, a parallel/serial (P/S) converter, a radio frequency (RF) module and an antenna.
一种FBMC的实现方案是使用OFDM-OQAM。其中,OFDM-OQAM具体为基于OQAM调制的OFDM信号。OFDM-OQAM也可称为FBMC或FBMC-OQAM。One implementation of FBMC is to use OFDM-OQAM, where OFDM-OQAM is specifically an OFDM signal modulated based on OQAM, and OFDM-OQAM can also be called FBMC or FBMC-OQAM.
一个OFDM符号也称为一个block。通信设备之间(比如终端设备和网络设备之间)可以通过单个信道进行通信;也可以通过多个信道进行通信。资源单元也称为资源块(resource block,RB),在一种可能实现方式中,当通过60GHz WLAN通信时,每个信道的宽度为2.16GHz,每个信道的频谱资源可以包括4个资源单元,每个资源单元可对应128个子载波;当信道的宽度为2*2.16GHz,即通过2个信道进行通信时,每个信道的频谱资源可以包括8个资源单元,每个资源单元对应256个子载波;当信道的宽度为3*2.16GHz,即通过3个信道进行通信时,每个信道的频谱资源可以包括12个资源单元,每个资源单元对应384个子载波;当信道的宽度为4*2.16GHz时,每个信道的频谱资源可以包括16个资源单元,每个资源单元对应512个子载波。An OFDM symbol is also called a block. Communication devices (such as terminal devices and network devices) can communicate through a single channel or multiple channels. Resource units are also called resource blocks (RBs). In a possible implementation, when communicating through a 60GHz WLAN, the width of each channel is 2.16GHz, and the spectrum resources of each channel may include 4 resource units, each of which may correspond to 128 subcarriers; when the channel width is 2*2.16GHz, that is, when communicating through 2 channels, the spectrum resources of each channel may include 8 resource units, each of which may correspond to 256 subcarriers; when the channel width is 3*2.16GHz, that is, when communicating through 3 channels, the spectrum resources of each channel may include 12 resource units, each of which may correspond to 384 subcarriers; when the channel width is 4*2.16GHz, the spectrum resources of each channel may include 16 resource units, each of which may correspond to 512 subcarriers.
举例来说,发射信号可以先经过编码后得到比特信息流。再经过Mapping模块,对比特信息流进行OQAM星座映射。星座映射后,发射信号可以是M个符号在N个子载波上传输,即发射信号包括频域上的M个子载波和时域上的N个符号的信号。举例来说,第m个子载波第n个符号上的训练信号可以表示为Sm,n,m=1,2,…,M,n=1,2,…,N。其中,M和N分别表示频域的子载波数和时域的符号数。以4OQAM调制为例,以数据为0和1组成的随机数序列时,经4OQAM调制后的训练信号可以为+0.7071、-0.7071、+0.7071i、-0.7071i四种复数值组成的随机复数序列。For example, the transmission signal can be first encoded to obtain a bit information stream. Then, after passing through the Mapping module, the bit information stream is subjected to OQAM constellation mapping. After constellation mapping, the transmission signal can be M symbols transmitted on N subcarriers, that is, the transmission signal includes M subcarriers in the frequency domain and N symbols in the time domain. For example, the training signal on the nth symbol of the mth subcarrier can be expressed as S m,n , m=1,2,…,M,n=1,2,…,N. Among them, M and N represent the number of subcarriers in the frequency domain and the number of symbols in the time domain, respectively. Taking 4OQAM modulation as an example, when the data is a random number sequence composed of 0 and 1, the training signal after 4OQAM modulation can be a random complex number sequence composed of four complex values of +0.7071, -0.7071, +0.7071i, and -0.7071i.
另外,通过OQAM模块,可以将复数信号的实部和虚部进行分离,实部和虚部输出的时间间隔可以为符号周期T的一半,对于相邻的两个子载波,在前一个符号的实部上引入T/2的定时偏移,在后一个符号的虚部上引入T/2的定时偏移。使得OFDM-OQAM发送的是纯实数或者纯虚数的OQAM符号。基于OQAM调制后的符号输入至滤波器,可以对N个子载波进行调制,其中每两个子载波之间的间隔为1/T。相应的,在接收端进行解调时,可以通过实部和虚部分别进行处理,有利于更好的去除干扰信号或噪声。另外,基于OQAM调制后,通过原型滤波器的实数域正交特性,可以更好的实现发射信号在频域和时域的正交。In addition, the real and imaginary parts of the complex signal can be separated by the OQAM module. The time interval between the real and imaginary outputs can be half of the symbol period T. For two adjacent subcarriers, a timing offset of T/2 is introduced on the real part of the previous symbol, and a timing offset of T/2 is introduced on the imaginary part of the next symbol. This allows OFDM-OQAM to send pure real or pure imaginary OQAM symbols. Based on the input of the OQAM modulated symbols to the filter, N subcarriers can be modulated, where the interval between each two subcarriers is 1/T. Accordingly, when demodulating at the receiving end, the real and imaginary parts can be processed separately, which is conducive to better removal of interference signals or noise. In addition, based on the real domain orthogonal characteristics of the prototype filter after OQAM modulation, the orthogonality of the transmitted signal in the frequency domain and time domain can be better achieved.
本申请中,待训练的滤波器为频域滤波器,此时,综合滤波器组模块可以包括:上采样模块、频域滤波器模块和快速傅里叶变换(fast fourier transformation,FFT)模块。In the present application, the filter to be trained is a frequency domain filter. In this case, the integrated filter bank module may include: an upsampling module, a frequency domain filter module and a fast Fourier transformation (FFT) module.
图2e示例性示出了本发明实施例提供的一种训练信号在时域和频域的分布结构示意图,如图2e所示,横轴表示时域,纵轴表示频域,在时域频域上,训练信号可以随机分散在时频资源上。在上采样过程中,发送端可以通过对训练信号在频域上根据FBMC的重叠系数确定上采样的采样倍数。其中,上采样的方式可以是将每个子载波上的信号在频域上扩展FBMC的重叠系数K的倍数占用的子载波。例如,如图2e所示,在K为4时,在进行上采样后,训练信号S1n,对应占用子载波1,子载波2上训练信号对应的比特值为0,子载波3上发射信号对应的比特值为0,子载波4上训练信号对应的比特值为0。发射信号S2n,对应占用子载波4,子载波5上训练信号对应的比特值为0,子载波6上训练信号对应的比特值为0,子载波7上训练信号对应的比特值为0。FIG2e exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of the distribution structure of a training signal in the time domain and the frequency domain provided by an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG2e, the horizontal axis represents the time domain, and the vertical axis represents the frequency domain. In the time domain and frequency domain, the training signal can be randomly dispersed on the time-frequency resources. In the upsampling process, the transmitting end can determine the sampling multiple of the upsampling by the overlapping coefficient of FBMC in the frequency domain for the training signal. Among them, the upsampling method can be to expand the subcarrier occupied by the signal on each subcarrier by multiples of the overlapping coefficient K of FBMC in the frequency domain. For example, as shown in FIG2e, when K is 4, after upsampling, the training signal S 1 n corresponds to the occupied subcarrier 1, the bit value corresponding to the training signal on subcarrier 2 is 0, the bit value corresponding to the transmitted signal on subcarrier 3 is 0, and the bit value corresponding to the training signal on subcarrier 4 is 0. The transmitted signal S 2 n corresponds to the occupied subcarrier 4, the bit value corresponding to the training signal on subcarrier 5 is 0, the bit value corresponding to the training signal on subcarrier 6 is 0, and the bit value corresponding to the training signal on subcarrier 7 is 0.
通过频域滤波器模块,可以实现信号在频域上的滤波。根据上采样后的训练信号S00,…,Smn,…,SMn,分别与滤波器系数进行相乘后求和。相乘后求和的过程可以理解为卷积核对上采样后的训练信号进行卷积的过程。卷积核的大小可以为1*T。T为滤波器系数的个数,滤波器系数的个数可以根据滤波器的精度、滤波器施使用的场景确定,在此不做限定。卷积核的权重系数可以是滤波器系数。The signal filtering in the frequency domain can be realized by the frequency domain filter module. According to the upsampled training signal S 00 , …, S mn , …, S Mn , they are multiplied with the filter coefficients and then summed. The process of multiplication and summation can be understood as the process of convolution of the upsampled training signal by the convolution kernel. The size of the convolution kernel can be 1*T. T is the number of filter coefficients, and the number of filter coefficients can be determined according to the accuracy of the filter and the scenario in which the filter is used, and is not limited here. The weight coefficient of the convolution kernel can be the filter coefficient.
如图2f所示,举例来说,在滤波器系数由7个非零值构成,滤波器系数为其他数量的方式可以参考该示例。相应的,卷积核的大小为1*7,即Q=[Q3,Q2,Q1,Q0,Q1,Q2,Q3],其中,Q为频域滤波器的滤波器系数集合,Q3,Q2,Q1,Q0,Q1,Q2,Q3分别为7个滤波器系数,滤波器系数集合可以是关于中心对称的。对上采样后的训练信号Smn~S(m+6)n进行卷积后所对应的滤波后的信号Xmn可以表示为:As shown in Figure 2f, for example, when the filter coefficients are composed of 7 non-zero values, the filter coefficients can refer to this example for other numbers. Correspondingly, the size of the convolution kernel is 1*7, that is, Q=[Q3, Q2, Q1, Q0, Q1, Q2, Q3], where Q is the filter coefficient set of the frequency domain filter, Q3, Q2, Q1, Q0, Q1, Q2, Q3 are 7 filter coefficients respectively, and the filter coefficient set can be symmetric about the center. The filtered signal Xmn corresponding to the convolution of the upsampled training signal Smn ~S (m+6)n can be expressed as:
Xmn=Smn*Q3+S(m+1)n*Q2+S(m+2)n*Q1+S(m+3)n*Q0+S(m+4)n*Q1+S(m+5)n*Q2+S(m+6)n*Q3; Xmn = Smn *Q3 + S (m+1)n *Q2 + S (m+2)n *Q1 + S (m+3)n *Q0 + S (m+4)n *Q1 + S (m+5)n *Q2 + S (m+6)n *Q3;
结合图2f中的示例,对上采样后的训练信号S11~S71进行卷积后所对应的滤波后的训练信号X11可以表示为:In conjunction with the example in FIG. 2f , the filtered training signal X 11 corresponding to the up-sampled training signals S 11 -S 71 after convolution can be expressed as:
X11=S11*Q3+S21*Q2+S31*Q1+S41*Q0+S51*Q1+S61*Q2+S71*Q3; X11 = S11 *Q3 + S21 *Q2 + S31 *Q1 + S41 *Q0 + S51 *Q1 + S61 *Q2 + S71 *Q3;
其中,滤波器的系数可理解为一个加权系数。滤波器系数的取值不同,对训练信号进行滤波的结果也有所不同,为了可以降低终端高速移动下的频谱偏移的影响,在进行数据传输之前,可以先通过训练滤波器系数,优化滤波器系数的取值。The filter coefficient can be understood as a weighted coefficient. Different values of the filter coefficient will result in different results of filtering the training signal. In order to reduce the impact of spectrum offset under high-speed terminal movement, the filter coefficient can be trained to optimize the value of the filter coefficient before data transmission.
滤波后的训练信号通过IFFT模块调制后,转为串行时域信号用于发射。在频域上,不同数据信号的滤波器系数相同,即在所有的子载波上,频域扩展方式相同的,如此,可保证滤波后的信号的正交性。The filtered training signal is modulated by the IFFT module and converted into a serial time domain signal for transmission. In the frequency domain, the filter coefficients of different data signals are the same, that is, the frequency domain expansion method is the same on all subcarriers, so the orthogonality of the filtered signal can be guaranteed.
以FBMC调制为例,发送端可以包括FBMC接收机,其中,FBMC接收机的结构可参见上述FBMC发射机的结构示意图,如图2g所示,为本申请提供的一种FBMC接收机的结构示意图。该FBMC接收机包括译码模块、OQAM模块、分析滤波器组模块、串并转换器、射频模块和天线。Taking FBMC modulation as an example, the transmitting end may include an FBMC receiver, wherein the structure of the FBMC receiver can refer to the structural diagram of the above-mentioned FBMC transmitter, as shown in Figure 2g, which is a structural diagram of an FBMC receiver provided by the present application. The FBMC receiver includes a decoding module, an OQAM module, an analysis filter group module, a serial-to-parallel converter, a radio frequency module and an antenna.
其中,在FBMC为频域滤波时,分析滤波器组模块可以包括:下采样模块、均衡器、频域滤波器模块和FFT模块。FBMC接收机对信号的处理过程为FBMC发射机对信号处理的逆过程。Wherein, when FBMC is frequency domain filtering, the analysis filter bank module may include: a downsampling module, an equalizer, a frequency domain filter module and an FFT module. The signal processing process of the FBMC receiver is the inverse process of the signal processing of the FBMC transmitter.
接收端在接收到信号后,通过FFT将串并转换后的时域接收信号重新转至频域,频域信号经过与发射端匹配的频域滤波器和下采样模块后,获得导频信号和数据信号。其中,下采样模块与上采样模块对应,通过对频域滤波器进行滤波后的接收信号,在频域上的子载波上的信号占用的子载波缩减为1/K倍。例如,在K为4时,在进行下采样后,接收信号X1n~X4n,对应占用第1子载波,作为下采样后的第1个子载波上的信号X’1n。接收信号X5n~X7n,对应占用第2个子载波,作为下采样后的第2个子载波上的信号X’2n。从而,获得下采样后的信号X’MN。After receiving the signal, the receiving end converts the time domain received signal after serial-to-parallel conversion back to the frequency domain through FFT. After the frequency domain signal passes through the frequency domain filter and downsampling module matched with the transmitting end, the pilot signal and data signal are obtained. Among them, the downsampling module corresponds to the upsampling module. By filtering the received signal after the frequency domain filter, the subcarrier occupied by the signal on the subcarrier in the frequency domain is reduced to 1/K times. For example, when K is 4, after downsampling, the received signal X1n ~ X4n corresponds to occupying the first subcarrier, as the signal X'1n on the first subcarrier after downsampling. The received signal X5n ~ X7n corresponds to occupying the second subcarrier, as the signal X'2n on the second subcarrier after downsampling. Thus, the downsampled signal X'MN is obtained.
训练信号经过信道传输后,考虑到信道对训练信号的影响,接收端可以基于接收到的接收信号对信道进行估计。其中,对信道进行估计的方法可以是基于多径信道模型进行估计的。例如,时域多径信道矩阵Ht和频域多径信道矩阵H满足:After the training signal is transmitted through the channel, the receiving end can estimate the channel based on the received signal, taking into account the influence of the channel on the training signal. The method for estimating the channel can be based on a multipath channel model. For example, the time domain multipath channel matrix Ht and the frequency domain multipath channel matrix H satisfy:
H=FHtFH H=FH t F H
其中,F是大小为M*M的离散傅里叶变换矩阵;结合上述例子,在子载波数为256时,Ht是一个256*256的下三角矩阵。Ht的主对角线或次对角线可以用于表示多径信道模型中的TDL-A信道的可分辨时延径。信道对信号的干扰越大,则可分辨时延径的径数越多,信道的时延扩展越大。Where F is a discrete Fourier transform matrix of size M*M; combined with the above example, when the number of subcarriers is 256, Ht is a 256*256 lower triangular matrix. The main diagonal or subdiagonal of Ht can be used to represent the resolvable delay path of the TDL-A channel in the multipath channel model. The greater the interference of the channel to the signal, the more the number of resolvable delay paths is, and the greater the delay spread of the channel is.
接收器可以将接收到的接收信号经过FFT处理后,通过均衡器,以减少或消除ISI。均衡器可以有多个,每个均衡器对应一个抽头系数。经均衡后的信号,可以再经过相应的滤波器处理。The receiver can process the received signal through FFT and then pass it through an equalizer to reduce or eliminate ISI. There can be multiple equalizers, each of which corresponds to a tap coefficient. The equalized signal can then be processed by a corresponding filter.
一种可能的实现方式,接收端可以采用单抽头均衡的方式,即均衡器可以采用频域多径信道矩阵H的对角线元素{h11,h22,…hMM}对接收信号进行均衡,接收端的均衡器对应的均衡矩阵满足:In a possible implementation, the receiving end may adopt a single-tap equalization method, that is, the equalizer may use the diagonal elements {h 11 , h 22 , …h MM } of the frequency domain multipath channel matrix H to equalize the received signal. The equalization matrix corresponding to the equalizer at the receiving end satisfies:
Gone_tap=diag{g11,q22,…gMM}G one_tap = diag{g 11 ,q 22 ,…g MM }
其中,均衡矩阵为对角阵,对角线元素满足:Among them, the balanced matrix is a diagonal matrix, and the diagonal elements satisfy:
其中,conj(·)表示复数共轭,|·|表示复数的模值,表示接收端高斯白噪声功率。Among them, conj(·) represents the complex conjugate, |·| represents the modulus of the complex number, Represents the Gaussian white noise power at the receiving end.
对数据信号进行均衡的实质是通过均衡器的抽头系数对接收信号的幅度等进行调整。一个均衡器可以包括至少一个抽头系数,另外,还可以设置多级均衡器,每级均衡器对应至少一个抽头系数。均衡后的信号和均衡前的信号满足以下公式:The essence of equalizing the data signal is to adjust the amplitude of the received signal through the tap coefficient of the equalizer. An equalizer can include at least one tap coefficient. In addition, a multi-level equalizer can be set, and each level of the equalizer corresponds to at least one tap coefficient. The equalized signal and the signal before and after equalization satisfy the following formula:
Output[m*n]=Index[1]*Input[m*n-i+1]+Index[2]*Input[m*n-i+2]+…+Index[i]*Input[m*n]Output[m*n]=Index[1]*Input[m*n-i+1]+Index[2]*Input[m*n-i+2]+…+Index[i]*Input[m*n]
其中,Index[i]表示均衡器的第i个抽头系数,Input[m*n]表示第m*n个输入到均衡器的信号,例如,接收的训练信号X’mn,Output[n]表示第m*n个输出的信号。Wherein, Index[i] represents the i-th tap coefficient of the equalizer, Input[m*n] represents the m*n-th signal input to the equalizer, for example, the received training signal X' mn , and Output[n] represents the m*n-th output signal.
可以理解,均衡器一般是以抽头时延线模型为基础的,抽头系数可理解为一个加权系数。抽头系数的取值不同,对信号进行均衡的结果也有所不同。It can be understood that the equalizer is generally based on a tapped delay line model, and the tap coefficient can be understood as a weighting coefficient. Different values of the tap coefficient will result in different results of signal equalization.
接收端通过均衡矩阵对接收信号进行抽头均衡和待训练的滤波器的处理后,可以得到发送端在星座解映射前第m个子载波第n个符号上的信号X’mn的估计值在一些实施例中,训练装置可以根据该估计值,可以对信道进行估计。After the receiving end performs tap equalization and the filter to be trained on the received signal through the equalization matrix, the estimated value of the signal X'mn on the nth symbol of the mth subcarrier before constellation demapping can be obtained. In some embodiments, the training device may estimate the channel based on the estimated value.
例如,如图3a所示,在接收端确定信号估计值后,训练装置可以确定待训练的滤波器系数的损失函数Loss。例如,损失函数Loss满足:For example, as shown in FIG3a, after the receiving end determines the signal estimation value, the training device can determine the loss function Loss of the filter coefficient to be trained. For example, the loss function Loss satisfies:
其中,M表示频域的子载波数,N表示时域的符号数。在一种可能的实现方式中,训练装置可以利用Adam优化器最小化损失函数Loss。当然,训练装置还可以通过其他方式最小化损失函数,例如,采用反向传播算法以及随机梯度下降(stochastic gradientdescent,SGD)优化算法反复迭代训练,使得滤波器系数经过多次训练后,损失函数值收敛。当损失函数值收敛时,确定滤波器系数训练完成。Wherein, M represents the number of subcarriers in the frequency domain, and N represents the number of symbols in the time domain. In one possible implementation, the training device can minimize the loss function Loss using the Adam optimizer. Of course, the training device can also minimize the loss function in other ways, for example, by using the back propagation algorithm and the stochastic gradient descent (SGD) optimization algorithm to iteratively train the filter coefficients repeatedly, so that the loss function value converges after multiple trainings. When the loss function value converges, it is determined that the filter coefficient training is completed.
下面以具体的示例举例说明训练的滤波器系数的性能。The performance of the trained filter coefficients is illustrated below with specific examples.
示例1,以表1的参数进行训练,即基于低阶调制方式对滤波器系数进行训练。Example 1: training is performed with the parameters in Table 1, that is, the filter coefficients are trained based on a low-order modulation method.
相比未经训练得到的OFDM调制,或原型滤波器的FBMC调制,在终端设备处于不同的移动场景下的性能可以如图3b中的(a)所示。图3b中的(b)包括在300km/h和600km/h的测试信道中,发送端和接收端使用OFDM的滤波器时接收信号的误比特率曲线。Compared with the untrained OFDM modulation or the FBMC modulation of the prototype filter, the performance of the terminal device in different mobile scenarios can be shown in (a) of Figure 3b. (b) of Figure 3b includes the bit error rate curves of the received signal when the OFDM filter is used at the transmitter and the receiver in the test channel of 300km/h and 600km/h.
图3b中的(c)包括在300km/h和600km/h的测试信道中测试的发送端和接收端使用PHYDYAS滤波器(FBMC-P)的误比特率曲线。(c) in FIG. 3b includes bit error rate curves of the transmitter and receiver using the PHYDYAS filter (FBMC-P) tested in the test channel at 300 km/h and 600 km/h.
图3b中的(d)包括在300km/h和600km/h的测试信道中测试的发送端和接收端使用厄密特Hermite滤波器(FBMC-H)的误比特率曲线。(d) in FIG. 3b includes bit error rate curves of the transmitter and receiver using the Hermite filter (FBMC-H) tested in the test channels of 300 km/h and 600 km/h.
图3b中的(e)包括在300km/h和600km/h的测试信道中测试的发送端和接收端使用训练后的滤波器(FBMC-T)的误比特率曲线。其中,训练后的滤波器为通过移动速度在600km/h且调制方式为低阶调制方式的训练环境下训练后的滤波器(FBMC-T)。(e) in FIG3b includes bit error rate curves of the transmitter and receiver using the trained filter (FBMC-T) tested in the test channel at 300 km/h and 600 km/h. The trained filter is a filter (FBMC-T) trained in a training environment with a mobile speed of 600 km/h and a low-order modulation mode.
从图3b中可以看到,在300km/h和600km/h的测试信道中,训练后的滤波器的调制方式得到的信号的误码率低于使用PHYDYAS滤波器FBMC的调制方式得到的信号的误码率、Hermite滤波器的FBMC的调制方式得到的信号的误码率以及OFDM调制方式得到的信号的误码率。As can be seen from Figure 3b, in the test channels of 300 km/h and 600 km/h, the bit error rate of the signal obtained by the modulation method of the trained filter is lower than the bit error rate of the signal obtained by the modulation method of the PHYDYAS filter FBMC, the bit error rate of the signal obtained by the modulation method of the Hermite filter FBMC, and the bit error rate of the signal obtained by the OFDM modulation method.
另外,针对不同移动速度(300km/h和600km/h)的测试信道的结果也表明,相比未训练的滤波器,在使用单一移动速度训练的滤波器系数时,即使发送端或接收端的移动速度与训练时采用的移动速度不同,也可以提高滤波器的性能,即使用单一移动速度训练后的滤波器系数在移动速度发生变化时仍具有较好的鲁棒性。In addition, the results of the test channels with different mobile speeds (300km/h and 600km/h) also show that compared with the untrained filter, when the filter coefficients are trained with a single mobile speed, the performance of the filter can be improved even if the mobile speed of the transmitter or receiver is different from the mobile speed used during training. That is, the filter coefficients trained with a single mobile speed still have good robustness when the mobile speed changes.
示例2,针对不同的移动速度下,分别训练各自的滤波器系数。例如,训练的移动速度包括100,300和600km/h等。此时,训练装置可以根据100km/h,训练一组滤波器系数,训练装置可以根据300km/h,训练一组滤波器系数。训练装置可以根据600km/h,训练一组滤波器系数。如表2所示。Example 2: Train the filter coefficients for different moving speeds. For example, the moving speeds to be trained include 100, 300, and 600 km/h. At this time, the training device can train a set of filter coefficients based on 100 km/h, and the training device can train a set of filter coefficients based on 300 km/h. The training device can train a set of filter coefficients based on 600 km/h. As shown in Table 2.
表2Table 2
基于训练后的3组滤波器系数进行测试,如图3c中的(a)所示为在发送端或接收端的移动速度为100km/h、300km/h或600km/h的场景中,分别使用3组滤波器系数对发送信号进行滤波后,接收端接收信号的误比特率曲线。The test is based on the three sets of trained filter coefficients. As shown in (a) of FIG3c , in the scenario where the moving speed of the transmitter or receiver is 100 km/h, 300 km/h or 600 km/h, the bit error rate curve of the received signal at the receiver is obtained after the transmitted signal is filtered using the three sets of filter coefficients respectively.
如图3c中的(b)所示,通过发送端或接收端的移动速度为100km/h、300km/h或600km/h的场景中,对采用在600km/h的移动速度下训练的滤波器系数进行测试得到的误码率曲线。As shown in (b) of FIG3c , the bit error rate curve is obtained by testing the filter coefficients trained at a moving speed of 600 km/h in scenarios where the moving speed of the transmitting end or the receiving end is 100 km/h, 300 km/h or 600 km/h.
如图3c中的(c)所示,通过发送端或接收端的移动速度为100km/h、300hm/h或600km/h的场景中,对采用在300km/h的移动速度下训练的滤波器系数进行测试得到的误码率曲线。As shown in (c) of FIG. 3c , the bit error rate curve is obtained by testing the filter coefficients trained at a moving speed of 300 km/h in a scenario where the moving speed of the transmitting or receiving end is 100 km/h, 300 hm/h or 600 km/h.
如图3c中的(d)所示,通过发送端或接收端的移动速度为100km/h、300km/h或600km/h的场景中,对采用在100km/h的移动速度下训练的滤波器系数进行测试得到的误码率曲线。As shown in (d) of FIG3c , the bit error rate curve is obtained by testing the filter coefficients trained at a moving speed of 100 km/h in a scenario where the moving speed of the transmitting end or the receiving end is 100 km/h, 300 km/h or 600 km/h.
从该图3c中可以看到,在不同移动速度下训练得到的3组滤波器系数在相同移动速度的测试信道中得到的误码率相近。在100km/h、300km/h或600km/h的移动速度下训练的3组滤波器系数,在100km/h的测试信道中,获得的信号的误码率接近。3组滤波器系数在300km/h的测试信道中,获得的信号的误码率接近。3组滤波器系数,在600km/h的测试信道中,获得的信号的误码率接近。表明基于低调制阶数下训练的滤波器系数对移动速度具有一定的鲁棒性,无需针对每个移动速度相应训练滤波器系数。As can be seen from Figure 3c, the three sets of filter coefficients trained at different mobile speeds have similar bit error rates in the test channel at the same mobile speed. The three sets of filter coefficients trained at a mobile speed of 100km/h, 300km/h or 600km/h have similar bit error rates for the signals obtained in the test channel at 100km/h. The three sets of filter coefficients have similar bit error rates for the signals obtained in the test channel at 300km/h. The three sets of filter coefficients have similar bit error rates for the signals obtained in the test channel at 600km/h. This shows that the filter coefficients trained based on low modulation orders have a certain robustness to mobile speed, and there is no need to train the filter coefficients accordingly for each mobile speed.
本申请中,以低阶调制阶数为2阶,高阶调制阶数为大于2阶的调制阶数进行说明。即低阶调制阶数对应的调制方式为4OQAM或4QAM。高阶调制方式为16OQAM或16QAM,32OQAM或32QAM,64OQAM或64QAM等。当然,高阶调制编码方式的阶数还可以为大于或等于其他预设值,例如,其他预设值可以为2阶、3阶、4阶等。In the present application, the low-order modulation order is 2nd order, and the high-order modulation order is a modulation order greater than 2nd order for explanation. That is, the modulation mode corresponding to the low-order modulation order is 4OQAM or 4QAM. The high-order modulation mode is 16OQAM or 16QAM, 32OQAM or 32QAM, 64OQAM or 64QAM, etc. Of course, the order of the high-order modulation coding mode can also be greater than or equal to other preset values, for example, other preset values can be 2nd order, 3rd order, 4th order, etc.
针对低阶调制阶数的场景,接收端的移动速度对训练的滤波器系数的影响较小。因此,在采用低阶调制阶数发送数据的场景中,可以通过基于预先设置的一种移动速度下训练的滤波器系数,满足不同的接收端的移动速度下的滤波器的性能要求。降低训练的开销。For low-order modulation scenarios, the mobile speed of the receiving end has little effect on the trained filter coefficients. Therefore, in scenarios where low-order modulation is used to send data, the filter coefficients trained at a pre-set mobile speed can be used to meet the performance requirements of the filter at different mobile speeds of the receiving end, thereby reducing the training overhead.
考虑到在发送数据时对滤波器性能的要求可能根据业务的需要不同,因此,可以在对滤波器系数训练完成后,可以对滤波器系数进行测试,获得低阶调制阶数发送数据信号时,在满足滤波器的性能要求及业务场景中发送端或接收端的移动速度可能的范围是否满足滤波器的性能要求。或者,还可以确定发送端或接收端的移动速度的可接受范围。Considering that the requirements for filter performance when sending data may vary according to business needs, after the filter coefficients are trained, the filter coefficients can be tested to obtain whether the performance requirements of the filter and the possible range of the mobile speed of the sender or receiver in the business scenario meet the performance requirements of the filter when the low-order modulation order sends the data signal. Alternatively, the acceptable range of the mobile speed of the sender or receiver can also be determined.
例如,在训练过程中,是以600km/h进行训练的,测试过程中,可以根据业务场景中接收端的移动速度可能的范围,例如,[0,2400]km/h,确定出在该移动速度的范围内,接收信号的误码率是否满足要求。或者,根据接收信号的误码率,确定接收端的移动速度的可接受范围为[100,1200]km/h。从而,确定出训练的滤波器系数适用的条件,例如,适用的业务,或者,适用的接收端的移动速度等。For example, during the training process, the training is performed at 600 km/h. During the test process, it is possible to determine whether the bit error rate of the received signal meets the requirements within the range of the mobile speed according to the possible range of the mobile speed of the receiving end in the business scenario, for example, [0,2400] km/h. Alternatively, according to the bit error rate of the received signal, it is determined that the acceptable range of the mobile speed of the receiving end is [100,1200] km/h. Thus, the conditions for the application of the trained filter coefficients are determined, such as the applicable business, or the applicable mobile speed of the receiving end.
从而,在发送端或接收端确定发送的数据满足该训练后的滤波器系数适用的条件时,使用该滤波器系数对待发送的数据的信号进行滤波。以提高待发送的数据的信号的传输性能。Therefore, when the transmitting end or the receiving end determines that the transmitted data meets the conditions for the applicability of the trained filter coefficients, the filter coefficients are used to filter the signal of the data to be transmitted, so as to improve the transmission performance of the signal of the data to be transmitted.
示例3,针对不同的多径信道模型的参数分别对滤波器系数进行训练。Example 3: The filter coefficients are trained respectively according to the parameters of different multipath channel models.
考虑到时域多径信道矩阵Ht和频域信道矩阵H满足:Considering that the time domain multipath channel matrix Ht and the frequency domain channel matrix H satisfy:
H=FHtFH H=FH t F H
其中,F是大小为M*M的离散傅里叶变换矩阵;结合上述例子,Ht是一个256*256的下三角矩阵。多径信道模型中的TDL-A信道的各条可分辨时延径由Ht的主/次对角线表示,信道的时延扩展越大,则可分辨时延径的径数越多,信道对信号的干扰也就越大。需要说明的是,本申请中,各条可分辨时延径(主/次对角线)上的系数,可以是在考虑了接收端和发送端之间的移动速度带来的最大多普勒频偏的情况下,由Jakes谱模型生成的。举例来说,训练的时延扩展参数值可以包括:50ns和300ns。相应的,训练装置可以根据50ns,训练一组滤波器系数,训练装置可以根据300ns,训练一组滤波器系数。训练环境的参数的取值可以如表3所示。Wherein, F is a discrete Fourier transform matrix of size M*M; combined with the above example, Ht is a 256*256 lower triangular matrix. Each resolvable delay path of the TDL-A channel in the multipath channel model is represented by the main/secondary diagonal of Ht. The greater the delay spread of the channel, the more resolvable delay paths there are, and the greater the interference of the channel to the signal. It should be noted that in the present application, the coefficients on each resolvable delay path (main/secondary diagonal) can be generated by the Jakes spectrum model while considering the maximum Doppler frequency deviation caused by the moving speed between the receiving end and the transmitting end. For example, the trained delay spread parameter values may include: 50ns and 300ns. Accordingly, the training device can train a set of filter coefficients based on 50ns, and the training device can train a set of filter coefficients based on 300ns. The values of the parameters of the training environment can be as shown in Table 3.
表3table 3
基于训练后的2组滤波器系数进行测试,如图3d中的(a)所示为在发送端或接收端的移动速度为600km/h和不同时延扩展的场景中,分别使用2组滤波器系数对发送信号进行滤波后,接收端接收信号的误比特率曲线。Based on the two sets of trained filter coefficients, the test is performed. As shown in (a) of FIG3d , in the scenarios where the mobile speed of the transmitter or receiver is 600 km/h and the delay spread is different, the bit error rate curve of the received signal at the receiver is obtained after the transmitted signal is filtered using two sets of filter coefficients.
如图3d中的(b)所示,通过测试信道的时延扩展为300ns,对采用在时延扩展为50ns的训练环境下训练的滤波器系数进行测试得到的误码率曲线。As shown in (b) of FIG. 3d , the delay spread of the test channel is 300 ns, and the bit error rate curve is obtained by testing the filter coefficients trained in the training environment with a delay spread of 50 ns.
如图3d中的(c)所示,通过测试信道的时延扩展为50ns,对采用在时延扩展为300ns的训练环境下训练的滤波器系数进行测试得到的误码率曲线。As shown in (c) of FIG. 3d , the delay spread of the test channel is 50 ns, and the bit error rate curve is obtained by testing the filter coefficients trained in the training environment with a delay spread of 300 ns.
如图3d中的(d)所示,通过测试信道的时延扩展为50ns,对采用在时延扩展为50ns的训练环境下训练的滤波器系数进行测试得到的误码率曲线。As shown in (d) of FIG. 3d , the delay spread of the test channel is 50 ns, and the bit error rate curve is obtained by testing the filter coefficients trained in the training environment with a delay spread of 50 ns.
如图3d中的(e)所示,通过测试信道的时延扩展为300ns,对采用在时延扩展为300ns的训练环境下训练的滤波器系数进行测试得到的误码率曲线。As shown in (e) of FIG. 3d , the delay spread of the test channel is 300 ns, and the bit error rate curve is obtained by testing the filter coefficients trained in the training environment with a delay spread of 300 ns.
从图3d中可以看到,在不同时延扩展参数下训练得到的滤波器系数的误码率相近,且,在使用同一时延扩展参数下训练得到的滤波器系数应用到不同的时延扩展场景中时,信号的误码率相近,表明基于低调制阶数下训练的滤波器系数对信道的变化具有一定的鲁棒性。It can be seen from Figure 3d that the bit error rates of the filter coefficients trained under different delay spread parameters are similar, and when the filter coefficients trained under the same delay spread parameters are applied to different delay spread scenarios, the bit error rates of the signals are similar, indicating that the filter coefficients trained under low modulation orders are robust to channel changes.
示例4,针对不同的调制阶数分别对滤波器系数进行训练。例如,训练的调制阶数可以包括4OQAM和16OQAM等。此时,训练装置可以根据4OQAM训练一组滤波器系数,训练装置可以根据16OQAM训练一组滤波器系数。训练参数如表4所示,在600km/h的移动速度下,分别由4OQAM和16OQAM调制方式训练2组滤波器系数,并通过600km/h的移动速度下的测试2组滤波器系数的误比特率。测试结果如图3e中的(a)所示,在4OQAM的调制方式下训练的滤波器系数在600km/h的移动速度下使用不同调制方式收发信号的测试结果,及在16OQAM的调制方式下训练的滤波器系数在600km/h的移动速度下使用不同调制方式收发信号的测试结果。Example 4, the filter coefficients are trained for different modulation orders. For example, the trained modulation orders may include 4OQAM and 16OQAM, etc. At this time, the training device can train a set of filter coefficients according to 4OQAM, and the training device can train a set of filter coefficients according to 16OQAM. The training parameters are shown in Table 4. At a moving speed of 600km/h, two sets of filter coefficients are trained by 4OQAM and 16OQAM modulation modes, respectively, and the bit error rate of the two sets of filter coefficients is tested at a moving speed of 600km/h. The test results are shown in (a) of Figure 3e, which show the test results of the filter coefficients trained under the modulation mode of 4OQAM using different modulation modes to send and receive signals at a moving speed of 600km/h, and the filter coefficients trained under the modulation mode of 16OQAM using different modulation modes to send and receive signals at a moving speed of 600km/h.
表4Table 4
如图3e中的(b)所示,通过测试信号的调制方式为4OQAM和16OQAM的场景中,对采用4OQAM的训练信号训练的滤波器系数进行测试得到的误码率曲线。As shown in (b) of FIG. 3e , in scenarios where the modulation modes of the test signal are 4OQAM and 16OQAM, a bit error rate curve is obtained by testing the filter coefficients trained using a 4OQAM training signal.
如图3c中的(c)所示,通过测试信号的调制方式为4OQAM和16OQAM的场景中,对采用16OQAM的训练信号训练的滤波器系数进行测试得到的误码率曲线。As shown in (c) of FIG. 3c , in scenarios where the modulation modes of the test signal are 4OQAM and 16OQAM, a bit error rate curve is obtained by testing the filter coefficients trained using a 16OQAM training signal.
从图3e中可以看到,在相同移动速度下使用不同的调制阶数训练的滤波器系数时,仍可以保证接收信号的误比特率的性能。It can be seen from FIG. 3e that when filter coefficients trained with different modulation orders are used at the same mobile speed, the bit error rate performance of the received signal can still be guaranteed.
示例5,针对高阶调制阶数和不同的移动速度分别对滤波器系数进行训练。例如,训练的调制阶数可以包括16OQAM等。训练的移动速度可以包括100,300和600km/h等。此时,训练装置可以根据100km/h,在16OQAM下训练一组滤波器系数,训练装置可以根据300km/h,在16OQAM下训练一组滤波器系数。训练装置可以根据600km/h,在16OQAM下训练一组滤波器系数。举例来说,训练参数可以如表5所示,测试结果如图3f所示。Example 5, the filter coefficients are trained for high-order modulation orders and different mobile speeds. For example, the trained modulation orders may include 16OQAM, etc. The trained mobile speeds may include 100, 300 and 600 km/h, etc. At this time, the training device can train a set of filter coefficients at 16OQAM according to 100 km/h, and the training device can train a set of filter coefficients at 16OQAM according to 300 km/h. The training device can train a set of filter coefficients at 16OQAM according to 600 km/h. For example, the training parameters can be shown in Table 5, and the test results are shown in Figure 3f.
表5table 5
如图3f中的(a)所示,包括在16OQAM的调制方式下训练的不同移动速度对应的滤波器系数在不同移动速度的测试信道下的收发信号的测试结果。例如,在测试信道对应100km/h的移动速度时,分别采用训练后的3组滤波器系数进行测试。在测试信道对应300km/h的移动速度时,分别采用训练后的3组滤波器系数进行测试。在测试信道对应600km/h的移动速度时,分别采用训练后的3组滤波器系数进行测试。As shown in (a) of FIG. 3f, the test results of the received and transmitted signals under the test channel at different mobile speeds using the filter coefficients corresponding to different mobile speeds trained under the modulation mode of 16OQAM are shown. For example, when the test channel corresponds to a mobile speed of 100 km/h, the three sets of filter coefficients after training are used for testing. When the test channel corresponds to a mobile speed of 300 km/h, the three sets of filter coefficients after training are used for testing. When the test channel corresponds to a mobile speed of 600 km/h, the three sets of filter coefficients after training are used for testing.
如图3f中的(b)所示,通过发送端或接收端的移动速度为100km/h、300km/h或600km/h的场景中,对采用在300km/h的移动速度下训练的滤波器系数进行测试得到的误码率曲线。As shown in (b) of FIG3f , the bit error rate curve is obtained by testing the filter coefficients trained at a moving speed of 300 km/h in scenarios where the moving speed of the transmitting or receiving end is 100 km/h, 300 km/h or 600 km/h.
如图3f中的(c)所示,通过发送端或接收端的移动速度为100km/h、300km/h或600km/h的场景中,对采用在100km/h的移动速度下训练的滤波器系数进行测试得到的误码率曲线。As shown in (c) of FIG. 3f , the bit error rate curve is obtained by testing the filter coefficients trained at a moving speed of 100 km/h in a scenario where the moving speed of the transmitting end or the receiving end is 100 km/h, 300 km/h or 600 km/h.
如图3f中的(d)所示,通过发送端或接收端的移动速度为100km/h、300km/h或600km/h的场景中,对采用在600km/h的移动速度下训练的滤波器系数进行测试得到的误码率曲线。As shown in (d) of FIG. 3f , the bit error rate curve is obtained by testing the filter coefficients trained at a moving speed of 600 km/h in a scenario where the moving speed of the transmitting end or the receiving end is 100 km/h, 300 km/h or 600 km/h.
通过测试结果,可以确定在相同移动速度下使用不同的调制阶数训练的滤波器系数时,仍可以保证接收信号的误比特率的性能。另外,相比图3c的示例,可以看出,相比低阶调制阶数的场景,在采用高阶调制阶数时,移动速度对信号的误比特率性能影响较大。Through the test results, it can be determined that when the filter coefficients trained with different modulation orders are used at the same mobile speed, the bit error rate performance of the received signal can still be guaranteed. In addition, compared with the example of Figure 3c, it can be seen that when a high-order modulation order is used, the mobile speed has a greater impact on the bit error rate performance of the signal than in the scenario of a low-order modulation order.
下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法,请参见图4,为该方法的流程图。在下文的介绍过程中,以该方法应用于如图1所示的通信系统为例。另外,该方法可以由两个通信装置执行,这两个通信装置例如为发送端和接收端。包括:The data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. Please refer to Figure 4, which is a flow chart of the method. In the following introduction, the method is applied to the communication system shown in Figure 1 as an example. In addition, the method can be performed by two communication devices, such as a transmitting end and a receiving end. It includes:
步骤401:发送端获得第一信号。Step 401: The transmitting end obtains a first signal.
其中,第一信号可以是待发送的信号。该信号可以包括导频信号和数据信号,数据信号可以用于承载接收端进行解析的数据。导频信号可以为解调参考信号、用于信道估计的导频信号、训练信号等等。The first signal may be a signal to be sent. The signal may include a pilot signal and a data signal, and the data signal may be used to carry data to be parsed by the receiving end. The pilot signal may be a demodulation reference signal, a pilot signal for channel estimation, a training signal, and the like.
第一信号的参数可以包括:第一信号的调制编码方式、和第一信号对应的时频资源等。例如,第一信号可以是在预设的调制编码方式、预设的时频资源(承载该训练信号的子载波数、符号数、子载波间隔、载波频率)等第一信号的参数下确定的,也可以是根据发送端和接收端之间的信道状态和可分配的时频资源确定的。The parameters of the first signal may include: a modulation and coding mode of the first signal, a time-frequency resource corresponding to the first signal, etc. For example, the first signal may be determined under parameters of the first signal such as a preset modulation and coding mode, a preset time-frequency resource (the number of subcarriers carrying the training signal, the number of symbols, the subcarrier spacing, and the carrier frequency), or may be determined based on the channel state between the transmitting end and the receiving end and the allocatable time-frequency resources.
发送端和接收端确定第一信号的调制编码方式可以有多种,下面以场景1-场景3举例说明。There are many ways that the transmitting end and the receiving end may determine the modulation and coding method of the first signal, which are described below using scenarios 1 to 3 as examples.
场景1,以发送端为网络设备,接收端为终端设备为例,第一信号的调制编码方式可以是基于网络设备和终端设备建立连接时确定的,也可以是建立连接后确定的。例如,第一信号的调制编码方式可以是网络设备向终端设备配置资源时,通过下行控制信令发送给终端设备的,考虑使用调制编码策略的场景,网络设备可以根据终端设备上报的CQI,确定MCS等级,网络设备可以通过下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)将MCS等级发送给终端设备,以指示终端设备应使用的MCS等级。从而,网络设备和终端设备可以确定第一信号的调制编码方式。再比如,第一信号的调制编码方式也可以是网络设备向终端设备高层信令发送给终端设备的,也可以是根据协议规定的方式确定的,在此不做限定。Scenario 1, taking the transmitting end as a network device and the receiving end as a terminal device as an example, the modulation and coding method of the first signal can be determined when the network device and the terminal device establish a connection, or it can be determined after the connection is established. For example, the modulation and coding method of the first signal can be sent to the terminal device through downlink control signaling when the network device configures resources for the terminal device. Considering the scenario of using the modulation and coding strategy, the network device can determine the MCS level based on the CQI reported by the terminal device, and the network device can send the MCS level to the terminal device through downlink control information (DCI) to indicate the MCS level that the terminal device should use. Thus, the network device and the terminal device can determine the modulation and coding method of the first signal. For another example, the modulation and coding method of the first signal can also be sent to the terminal device by the network device through high-level signaling to the terminal device, or it can be determined according to the method specified by the protocol, which is not limited here.
场景2,以发送端为终端设备,接收端为网络设备为例,第一信号的调制编码方式可以是基于网络设备和终端设备建立连接时确定的,也可以是建立连接后确定的,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第一信号的调制编码方式,具体可以参考上述发送端为网络设备,接收端为终端设备的举例。In scenario 2, taking the sending end as a terminal device and the receiving end as a network device as an example, the modulation and coding method of the first signal can be determined when the network device and the terminal device establish a connection, or can be determined after the connection is established. The network device can send the modulation and coding method of the first signal to the terminal device. For details, please refer to the above example where the sending end is a network device and the receiving end is a terminal device.
场景3,以发送端为终端设备,接收端为终端设备为例,第一信号的调制编码方式可以是基于终端设备和终端设备建立侧行连接时确定的,也可以是建立侧行连接后,基于网络设备为发送端和接收端配置的。以发送端为终端设备1,接收端为终端设备2为例,终端设备1与网络设备建立连接,此时,网络设备可以通过终端设备1,向终端设备2发送第一信号的调制编码方式。具体可以包括:网络设备通过下行控制信令向终端设备1指示第一信号的调制编码方式,终端设备1接收到该下行控制信令后,确定第一信号的调制编码方式,并通过侧行链路向终端设备2发送第一信号的调制编码方式,例如,可以在侧行控制信令中携带第一信号的调制编码方式。Scenario 3, taking the transmitting end as a terminal device and the receiving end as a terminal device as an example, the modulation and coding mode of the first signal can be determined when the terminal device and the terminal device establish a sidelink connection, or can be configured for the transmitting end and the receiving end based on the network device after the sidelink connection is established. Taking the transmitting end as terminal device 1 and the receiving end as terminal device 2 as an example, terminal device 1 establishes a connection with the network device. At this time, the network device can send the modulation and coding mode of the first signal to terminal device 2 through terminal device 1. Specifically, it can include: the network device indicates the modulation and coding mode of the first signal to terminal device 1 through downlink control signaling, and after receiving the downlink control signaling, terminal device 1 determines the modulation and coding mode of the first signal, and sends the modulation and coding mode of the first signal to terminal device 2 through the sidelink. For example, the modulation and coding mode of the first signal can be carried in the sidelink control signaling.
步骤402:发送端根据滤波器系数对第一信号进行滤波处理,获得滤波后的第一信号。Step 402: The transmitting end filters the first signal according to the filter coefficient to obtain a filtered first signal.
其中,发送端可以在发送端的移动速度和/或接收端可以在移动速度大于预设阈值时,选择训练后的滤波器系数,作为第一信号进行滤波处理的滤波器系数。The transmitting end may select the trained filter coefficients as the filter coefficients for filtering the first signal when the moving speed of the transmitting end and/or the moving speed of the receiving end is greater than a preset threshold.
该预设阈值可以是根据实际需要确定的,例如,预设阈值可以是0,还可以是其他值,例如,预设阈值为50km/h。即在发送端的移动速度大于0,或接收端的移动速度大于0时,选择训练后的滤波器系数,作为第一信号进行滤波处理的滤波器系数。The preset threshold value may be determined according to actual needs, for example, the preset threshold value may be 0, or may be other values, for example, the preset threshold value is 50 km/h. That is, when the moving speed of the transmitting end is greater than 0, or the moving speed of the receiving end is greater than 0, the trained filter coefficient is selected as the filter coefficient for filtering the first signal.
再比如,还可以根据发送端和接收端的类型,分别设置预设阈值。例如,可以设置发送端移动速度阈值,接收端移动速度阈值,发送端和接收端之间的相对移动速度阈值。在发送端的移动速度大于发送端移动速度阈值时,选择训练后的滤波器系数,作为第一信号进行滤波处理的滤波器系数。或者,在接收端的移动速度大于接收端移动速度阈值,选择训练后的滤波器系数,作为第一信号进行滤波处理的滤波器系数。再比如,在发送端和接收端之间的相对移动速度大于发送端和接收端之间的相对移动速度阈值时,选择训练后的滤波器系数,作为第一信号进行滤波处理的滤波器系数。For another example, preset thresholds may be set according to the types of the transmitter and the receiver. For example, a transmitter moving speed threshold, a receiver moving speed threshold, and a relative moving speed threshold between the transmitter and the receiver may be set. When the moving speed of the transmitter is greater than the transmitter moving speed threshold, the trained filter coefficient is selected as the filter coefficient for filtering the first signal. Alternatively, when the moving speed of the receiver is greater than the receiver moving speed threshold, the trained filter coefficient is selected as the filter coefficient for filtering the first signal. For another example, when the relative moving speed between the transmitter and the receiver is greater than the relative moving speed threshold between the transmitter and the receiver, the trained filter coefficient is selected as the filter coefficient for filtering the first signal.
在一些实施例中,发送端选择训练后的滤波器系数的方式对第一信号进行滤波处理,可以是根据发送端和接收端发送的第一信号的参数确定的,也可以是发送端确定发送端的移动速度和/或接收端的移动速度(确定发送端处于移动状态下和/或接收端处于移动状态下)确定的,也可以是发送端和接收端预先约定的方式,还可以是根据发送端和接收端所处的场景或接收端的类型确定的,在此不做限定。下面以方式A1-方式A3举例说明。具体场景参见下文中的场景1-3中的介绍,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the transmitting end selects the trained filter coefficients to filter the first signal, which may be determined based on the parameters of the first signal sent by the transmitting end and the receiving end, or determined by the transmitting end determining the moving speed of the transmitting end and/or the moving speed of the receiving end (determining that the transmitting end is in a moving state and/or the receiving end is in a moving state), or may be a method pre-agreed by the transmitting end and the receiving end, or may be determined based on the scene in which the transmitting end and the receiving end are located or the type of the receiving end, which is not limited here. The following is an example of method A1-method A3. For specific scenarios, please refer to the introduction of scenarios 1-3 below, which will not be repeated here.
方式A1,所述训练后的滤波器系数为根据所述第一信号的参数确定的。Mode A1, the trained filter coefficients are determined according to the parameters of the first signal.
其中,训练后的滤波器系数可以是在于第一信号的参数匹配的训练参数下训练后获得的。The trained filter coefficients may be obtained after training under training parameters that match the parameters of the first signal.
在一些实施例中,所述训练后的滤波器系数为根据所述第一信号的调制编码方式确定的。In some embodiments, the trained filter coefficients are determined according to a modulation and coding scheme of the first signal.
一种可能的方式,在确定第一信号的调制编码方式后,可以确定第一信号的调制编码方式对应的训练信号,并相应确定该训练信号对应训练的滤波器系数。例如,在第一信号的调制方式为4OQAM,时,可以确定训练信号可以对应表1或表3中的训练信号,相应的训练后的滤波器系数可以为表1或表3中训练的滤波器系数。In one possible manner, after determining the modulation coding mode of the first signal, a training signal corresponding to the modulation coding mode of the first signal may be determined, and the filter coefficients trained corresponding to the training signal may be determined accordingly. For example, when the modulation mode of the first signal is 4OQAM, it may be determined that the training signal may correspond to the training signal in Table 1 or Table 3, and the corresponding trained filter coefficients may be the filter coefficients trained in Table 1 or Table 3.
在另一些实施例中,所述训练后的滤波器系数为根据所述第一信号的调制编码方式和第一信号的时频资源确定的。In some other embodiments, the trained filter coefficients are determined according to a modulation and coding scheme of the first signal and a time-frequency resource of the first signal.
一种可能的方式,在确定第一信号的调制编码方式、第一信号对应的时频资源(子载波数、符号数、子载波间隔、载波频率等)后,可以确定第一信号的调制编码方式、子载波数、符号数、子载波间隔、载波频率对应的训练信号,并相应确定该训练信号对应训练的滤波器系数。例如,在第一信号的子载波数为256,符号数为16,调制方式为4OQAM,子载波间隔为15kHz,载波频率为4GHz时,可以确定训练信号可以对应表1或表3中的训练信号,相应的训练后的滤波器系数可以为表1或表3中训练的滤波器系数。In one possible way, after determining the modulation and coding mode of the first signal and the time-frequency resources (the number of subcarriers, the number of symbols, the subcarrier spacing, the carrier frequency, etc.) corresponding to the first signal, the training signal corresponding to the modulation and coding mode of the first signal, the number of subcarriers, the number of symbols, the subcarrier spacing, and the carrier frequency can be determined, and the filter coefficients corresponding to the training of the training signal can be determined accordingly. For example, when the number of subcarriers of the first signal is 256, the number of symbols is 16, the modulation mode is 4OQAM, the subcarrier spacing is 15kHz, and the carrier frequency is 4GHz, it can be determined that the training signal can correspond to the training signal in Table 1 or Table 3, and the corresponding trained filter coefficients can be the filter coefficients trained in Table 1 or Table 3.
方式A2,所述训练后的滤波器系数还可以是根据第一信号的参数、所述接收端的移动速度和所述发送端的移动速度确定的。或者,所述滤波器系数为根据所述第一信号的参数和所述接收端的移动速度确定的;或者,所述滤波器系数为根据所述第一信号的参数和所述发送端的移动速度确定的。In mode A2, the trained filter coefficients may also be determined based on the parameters of the first signal, the moving speed of the receiving end, and the moving speed of the transmitting end. Alternatively, the filter coefficients are determined based on the parameters of the first signal and the moving speed of the receiving end; or, the filter coefficients are determined based on the parameters of the first signal and the moving speed of the transmitting end.
在一些实施例中,训练后的滤波器系数可以是根据第一信号的调制编码方式确定的。In some embodiments, the trained filter coefficients may be determined according to a modulation and coding scheme of the first signal.
举例来说,在第一信号的调制编码方式为低阶调制方式时,可以选择任意一种训练参数下训练得到的滤波器系数作为第一信号的滤波器系数。For example, when the modulation coding mode of the first signal is a low-order modulation mode, filter coefficients obtained by training under any training parameters can be selected as filter coefficients of the first signal.
在另一些实施例中,训练后的滤波器系数可以是根据第一信号的调制编码方式、所述接收端的移动速度和/或所述发送端的移动速度确定的。In other embodiments, the trained filter coefficients may be determined according to a modulation and coding scheme of the first signal, a moving speed of the receiving end, and/or a moving speed of the transmitting end.
举例来说,在第一信号的调制编码方式为高阶调制方式时,可以根据接收端的移动速度和/或所述发送端的移动速度,确定在该移动速度下训练的滤波器系数。还可以根据接收端的移动速度和/或所述发送端的移动速度满足的移动速度区间,确定在该移动速度区间下训练的滤波器系数。For example, when the modulation coding mode of the first signal is a high-order modulation mode, the filter coefficients trained at the moving speed can be determined according to the moving speed of the receiving end and/or the moving speed of the sending end. The filter coefficients trained in the moving speed interval can also be determined according to the moving speed interval satisfied by the moving speed of the receiving end and/or the moving speed of the sending end.
例如,在接收端的移动速度为600km/h时,可以选择训练环境为接收端的移动速度为600km/h下训练得到的滤波器系数。训练环境的其他参数(例如,调制编码方式、信道参数等)可以与第一信号的参数不同。For example, when the mobile speed of the receiving end is 600 km/h, the filter coefficients obtained by training in the training environment with the mobile speed of the receiving end being 600 km/h can be selected. Other parameters of the training environment (e.g., modulation coding mode, channel parameters, etc.) may be different from the parameters of the first signal.
再比如,在接收端的移动速度为600km/h时,可以确定该移动速度满足的移动速度区间为[500,700]km/h,因此,可以选择训练环境为移动速度满足移动速度区间为[500,700]km/h下训练得到的滤波器系数。训练环境的其他参数(例如,调制编码方式、信道参数等)可以与第一信号的参数不同。For another example, when the mobile speed of the receiving end is 600 km/h, it can be determined that the mobile speed satisfies the mobile speed interval of [500,700] km/h, so the training environment can be selected to obtain the filter coefficients trained under the mobile speed satisfying the mobile speed interval of [500,700] km/h. Other parameters of the training environment (e.g., modulation and coding mode, channel parameters, etc.) may be different from the parameters of the first signal.
方式A3,所述训练后的滤波器系数还可以是在与第一信号的参数不同的训练参数下训练后获得的滤波器系数。In mode A3, the trained filter coefficients may also be filter coefficients obtained after training under training parameters different from the parameters of the first signal.
一种可能的场景,在第一信号的参数中的至少一个参数与训练后的滤波器系数的性能影响不大时,可以选择与第一信号的参数中的至少一个参数不同的训练参数下训练后的滤波器系数。例如,考虑到在接收端的移动速度与训练接收端的移动速度相同时,第一信号的调制编码方式对滤波器的性能影响不大,此时,滤波器系数可以是基于与第一信号的调整编码方式不同的调制编码方式的训练信号进行训练后获得的,例如,如图3e所示,可以选择4OQAM下训练的滤波器系数,也可以选择16OQAM下训练的滤波器系数。In a possible scenario, when at least one of the parameters of the first signal has little effect on the performance of the trained filter coefficients, the filter coefficients trained under training parameters different from at least one of the parameters of the first signal can be selected. For example, considering that when the mobile speed of the receiving end is the same as the mobile speed of the training receiving end, the modulation and coding method of the first signal has little effect on the performance of the filter, at this time, the filter coefficients can be obtained after training based on a training signal of a modulation and coding method different from the adjustment coding method of the first signal. For example, as shown in Figure 3e, the filter coefficients trained under 4OQAM can be selected, and the filter coefficients trained under 16OQAM can also be selected.
在一些实施例中,训练后的滤波器系数可以是任一种训练后的滤波器系数。例如,结合示例1,可以选择任意一种训练参数下训练得到的滤波器系数作为第一信号的滤波器系数。In some embodiments, the trained filter coefficients may be any type of trained filter coefficients. For example, in combination with Example 1, filter coefficients trained under any type of training parameters may be selected as filter coefficients of the first signal.
在另一些实施例中,训练后的滤波器系数可以是基于与第一信号的参数的部分匹配或不匹配、发送端和或接收端的移动速度部分匹配或不匹配的训练环境下训练得到的。In other embodiments, the trained filter coefficients may be obtained by training in a training environment based on partial matching or mismatching of parameters of the first signal and partial matching or mismatching of movement speeds of the transmitting end and/or the receiving end.
考虑到滤波器可以包括频域滤波和时域滤波。以FBMC为例,频域滤波可以采用扩展FFT实现,时域滤波可以采用多相滤波网络实现。下面以方式B1和方式B2举例说明。Considering that the filter may include frequency domain filtering and time domain filtering, taking FBMC as an example, frequency domain filtering may be implemented by extended FFT, and time domain filtering may be implemented by a polyphase filter network. The following is an example of method B1 and method B2.
方式B1,滤波器采用频域滤波器对信号进行滤波。In mode B1, the filter uses a frequency domain filter to filter the signal.
该频域滤波器的滤波器系数可以是图2a中训练后的滤波器系数。在确定训练后的滤波器系数后,发送端在频域上对所述第一信号进行上采样,所述上采样的倍数为所述第一信号对应的滤波器的重叠系数;通过所述频域滤波器系数,对所述上采样后的第一信号进行频域滤波处理,获得滤波后的第一信号。具体滤波过程,可以参考步骤202中的实现方式,在此不再赘述。当然,也可以采用其他滤波器,通过训练后的滤波器系数进行滤波,在此不再赘述。The filter coefficients of the frequency domain filter can be the trained filter coefficients in Figure 2a. After determining the trained filter coefficients, the transmitting end upsamples the first signal in the frequency domain, and the upsampling multiple is the overlap coefficient of the filter corresponding to the first signal; the upsampled first signal is subjected to frequency domain filtering through the frequency domain filter coefficients to obtain the filtered first signal. For the specific filtering process, please refer to the implementation method in step 202, which will not be described in detail here. Of course, other filters can also be used to filter through the trained filter coefficients, which will not be described in detail here.
方式B2,滤波器采用时域滤波器对信号进行滤波。Mode B2: The filter uses a time domain filter to filter the signal.
此时,考虑到训练后的滤波器系数为频率滤波器的系数,因此,可以先通过时频变换,将训练后的频域滤波器系数转换为时域滤波器的时域滤波器系数,通过所述时域滤波器系数,再对第一信号进行时域滤波处理,获得滤波后的第一信号。At this time, considering that the trained filter coefficients are the coefficients of the frequency filter, the trained frequency domain filter coefficients can be first converted into time domain filter coefficients of the time domain filter through time-frequency transformation, and then the first signal is subjected to time domain filtering processing through the time domain filter coefficients to obtain the filtered first signal.
如图5a所示,滤波器为时域滤波器,此时,发送端的综合滤波器组模块可以包括:快速傅里叶逆变换(inverse fast fourier transformation,IFFT)模块和多相滤波器组(poly phase network,PPN)模块。As shown in FIG5a , the filter is a time domain filter. In this case, the integrated filter bank module at the transmitting end may include: an inverse fast Fourier transformation (IFFT) module and a poly phase network (PPN) module.
发送端通过IFFT模块,可以将经过OQAM处理后的信号(导频信号和数据信号)映射到时域信号,通过PPN模块,可以在时域上对发射信号进行滤波,使用滤波器的时域响应对数据信号Sm,n与滤波器系数进行相乘。PPN的每个部分都需要根据FBMC的重叠系数进行相应次数的乘法。例如,当FBMC的重叠系数为4时,PPN的每个部分有4次乘法。在频域上可以保持信号的FFT的子载波数不变。The transmitter can map the OQAM-processed signal (pilot signal and data signal) to the time domain signal through the IFFT module. The transmit signal can be filtered in the time domain through the PPN module, and the data signal S m,n is multiplied by the filter coefficient using the time domain response of the filter. Each part of the PPN needs to be multiplied a corresponding number of times according to the overlap coefficient of the FBMC. For example, when the overlap coefficient of the FBMC is 4, each part of the PPN has 4 multiplications. In the frequency domain, the number of subcarriers of the FFT of the signal can be kept unchanged.
通过时域滤波器模块,可以实现信号在时域上的滤波。图5b示例性示出了本发明实施例提供的一种FBMC滤波器的滤波的方法流程示意图。根据数据信号S00,Smn,…,SMn,分别与滤波器系数进行相乘。相乘的过程可以理解为对数据信号进行滤波的过程。T为滤波器系数的个数,滤波器系数的个数可以根据滤波器的精度、滤波器使用的场景确定,在此不做限定。Through the time domain filter module, the signal can be filtered in the time domain. FIG5b exemplarily shows a flow chart of a filtering method of an FBMC filter provided by an embodiment of the present invention. According to the data signal S 00 , S mn , …, S Mn , they are multiplied with the filter coefficients respectively. The multiplication process can be understood as the process of filtering the data signal. T is the number of filter coefficients, and the number of filter coefficients can be determined according to the accuracy of the filter and the scenario in which the filter is used, and is not limited here.
时域滤波器系数可以是根据训练后的频域滤波器系数通过时频变换后确定的。举例来说,频域滤波器系数可以由7个非零值构成为例,时频变化后的时域滤波器系数也可以由7个非零值构成,即O=[O3,O2,O1,O0,O1,O2,O3],其中,O为时域滤波器的滤波器系数集合,O3,O2,O1,O0,O1,O2,O3分别为7个滤波器系数,滤波器系数集合可以是关于中心对称的。对Smn进行滤波后所对应的滤波后的信号Xmn可以表示为:[Smn*O3,Smn*O2,Smn*O1,Smn*O0,Smn*O1,Smn*O2,Smn*O3]。The time domain filter coefficients may be determined by time-frequency transformation based on the trained frequency domain filter coefficients. For example, the frequency domain filter coefficients may be composed of 7 non-zero values, and the time domain filter coefficients after time-frequency transformation may also be composed of 7 non-zero values, that is, O = [O3, O2, O1, O0, O1, O2, O3], where O is a filter coefficient set of the time domain filter, O3, O2, O1, O0, O1, O2, O3 are 7 filter coefficients respectively, and the filter coefficient set may be symmetrical about the center. The filtered signal Xmn corresponding to the filtering of Smn may be expressed as: [ Smn *O3, Smn *O2, Smn *O1, Smn *O0, Smn *O1, Smn *O2, Smn *O3].
步骤403:发送端向接收端发送滤波后的第一信号。Step 403: The transmitting end sends the filtered first signal to the receiving end.
结合方式B1,发送端将滤波后的第一信号通过IFFT模块调制后,转为串行时域信号用于发射。其中,发送端向接收端发送滤波后的第一信号的方式可以参考发送端向接收端发送滤波后的训练信号的方式,在此不再赘述。In combination with mode B1, the transmitting end modulates the filtered first signal through the IFFT module and converts it into a serial time domain signal for transmission. The method in which the transmitting end sends the filtered first signal to the receiving end can refer to the method in which the transmitting end sends the filtered training signal to the receiving end, which will not be repeated here.
结合方式B2,结合图5b,发送端将滤波后的信号转为串行时域信号后进行发射。In combination with mode B2 and FIG5b , the transmitting end converts the filtered signal into a serial time domain signal and then transmits it.
相应的,接收端可以接收发送端发送的滤波后的第一信号。Correspondingly, the receiving end can receive the filtered first signal sent by the sending end.
步骤404:接收端根据训练后的滤波器系数对接收到的第一信号进行滤波处理。Step 404: The receiving end performs filtering processing on the received first signal according to the trained filter coefficients.
在该场景下,接收端选择训练后的滤波器系数的方式,可以是根据发送端和接收端所处的场景或接收端的类型确定的,也可以是发送端确定发送端和/或接收端处于移动状态下确定的,也可以是发送端和接收端预先约定的方式,在此不做限定。具体可以参考步骤402中的方式,在此不再赘述。In this scenario, the receiving end selects the trained filter coefficients in a manner that may be determined according to the scenario in which the transmitting end and the receiving end are located or the type of the receiving end, or may be determined by the transmitting end determining that the transmitting end and/or the receiving end are in a mobile state, or may be a manner pre-agreed by the transmitting end and the receiving end, which is not limited here. For details, please refer to the manner in step 402, which will not be described in detail here.
其中,该滤波器系数还可以是接收端确定的训练后的滤波器系数,例如,根据接收端和发送端预先约定的方式,各自确定训练后的滤波器系数。接收端确定训练后的滤波器系数的方式可以参考发送端确定滤波器系数的方式,在此不再赘述。或者,该滤波器系数还可以是发送端向接收端指示的方式,例如,该滤波器系数可以是接收端根据发送端发送的第一信息确定的,第一信息用于指示发送端确定的训练后的滤波器系数。The filter coefficient may also be a trained filter coefficient determined by the receiving end, for example, the trained filter coefficient is determined by each of the receiving end and the transmitting end in a manner pre-agreed. The manner in which the receiving end determines the trained filter coefficient may refer to the manner in which the transmitting end determines the filter coefficient, which will not be described in detail here. Alternatively, the filter coefficient may also be a manner indicated by the transmitting end to the receiving end, for example, the filter coefficient may be determined by the receiving end according to the first information sent by the transmitting end, and the first information is used to indicate the trained filter coefficient determined by the transmitting end.
在一些实施例中,第一信息可以是通过控制信令携带的,例如,RRC信令,高层信令等。本申请不做限定。第一信息可以携带滤波器系数,也可以携带滤波器系数的指示信息。例如,训练装置在训练好滤波器系数后,可以预先将训练后的滤波器系数发送给发送端和接收端,并为每种滤波器系数配置相应的索引信息。该索引信息可以用于指示滤波器系数的个数,还可以用于指示滤波器系数中的每个滤波器系数的具体值,还可以用于指示一种滤波器系数。在发送端确定使用的滤波器系数后,该滤波器系数的指示信息可以是滤波器系数的索引信息。从而,在接收端接收到第一信息后,可以根据该滤波器系数的索引信息,确定发送端指示的滤波器系数。In some embodiments, the first information may be carried by control signaling, such as RRC signaling, high-level signaling, etc. This application does not limit this. The first information may carry filter coefficients, or may carry indication information of the filter coefficients. For example, after training the filter coefficients, the training device may send the trained filter coefficients to the transmitting end and the receiving end in advance, and configure corresponding index information for each filter coefficient. The index information may be used to indicate the number of filter coefficients, may be used to indicate the specific value of each filter coefficient in the filter coefficients, and may be used to indicate a filter coefficient. After the transmitting end determines the filter coefficient to be used, the indication information of the filter coefficient may be the index information of the filter coefficient. Thus, after the receiving end receives the first information, the filter coefficient indicated by the transmitting end may be determined based on the index information of the filter coefficient.
结合方式B1,滤波器采用频域滤波器对信号进行滤波。Combined with mode B1, the filter uses a frequency domain filter to filter the signal.
该频域滤波器的滤波器系数可以是图2a中训练后的滤波器系数。在确定训练后的滤波器系数后,接收端根据训练后的滤波器系数对接收到的第一信号进行滤波处理,获得第一信号,具体接收端接收第一信号的过程,可以参考步骤204中接收端接收训练信号的过程,的过程,在此不再赘述。The filter coefficients of the frequency domain filter may be the trained filter coefficients in FIG2a. After determining the trained filter coefficients, the receiving end performs filtering processing on the received first signal according to the trained filter coefficients to obtain the first signal. The specific process of the receiving end receiving the first signal may refer to the process of the receiving end receiving the training signal in step 204, which will not be described in detail here.
结合方式B2,滤波器为时域滤波器时,如图5b所示,此时,接收端的分析滤波器组模块可以包括:FFT模块和多相滤波器组(poly phase network,PPN)模块。In combination with mode B2, when the filter is a time domain filter, as shown in FIG5b, the analysis filter bank module at the receiving end may include: an FFT module and a poly phase network (PPN) filter bank module.
相应的,接收端在接收到信号后,将串并转换后的时域接收信号经过与发射端匹配的滤波器(例如,PPN),再通过FFT模块将经过滤波器滤波处理的时域接收信号转至频域,获得导频信号和数据信号。其中,可以通过导频信号进行信道估计,还可以对处理后的数据信号进行译码,从而获得最终的接收信号。Correspondingly, after receiving the signal, the receiving end passes the time domain received signal after serial-to-parallel conversion through a filter (for example, PPN) matched with the transmitting end, and then converts the time domain received signal filtered by the filter to the frequency domain through the FFT module to obtain the pilot signal and the data signal. Among them, the pilot signal can be used for channel estimation, and the processed data signal can also be decoded to obtain the final received signal.
通过上述方法,可以有效的改善在移动速度影响下的信道的多普勒频偏对信号传输性能的影响,并可以兼容接收端和发送端没有发生移动的场景,保证滤波器的性能。Through the above method, the influence of the Doppler frequency deviation of the channel under the influence of the moving speed on the signal transmission performance can be effectively improved, and it can be compatible with the scenario where the receiving end and the transmitting end do not move, thereby ensuring the performance of the filter.
下面以场景1-场景3举例说明。The following uses scenarios 1 to 3 as examples.
场景1,发送端为网络设备,接收端为终端设备。接收端处于移动状态。即接收端的移动速度大于0。Scenario 1: The sender is a network device and the receiver is a terminal device. The receiver is in a moving state. That is, the moving speed of the receiver is greater than 0.
下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法,请参见图6,为该方法的流程图。在下文的介绍过程中,以该方法应用于如图1所示的通信系统为例。另外,该方法可以由两个通信装置执行,这两个通信装置例如为发送端和接收端。在该示例中,发送端为网络设备,接收端为终端设备。包括:The data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. Please refer to Figure 6, which is a flow chart of the method. In the following introduction, the method is applied to the communication system shown in Figure 1 as an example. In addition, the method can be performed by two communication devices, such as a transmitting end and a receiving end. In this example, the transmitting end is a network device and the receiving end is a terminal device. It includes:
步骤601:网络设备获得终端设备的移动速度。Step 601: The network device obtains the moving speed of the terminal device.
网络设备确定终端设备处于移动状态的方式可以有多种,下面以方式C1-方式C3举例说明。There are many ways for a network device to determine that a terminal device is in a mobile state, which are described below using methods C1 to C3 as examples.
方式C1,终端设备可以根据自身的速度测量方式,获得终端设备的移动速度,之后,终端设备可以向网络设备发送终端设备的移动速度。In mode C1, the terminal device can obtain the moving speed of the terminal device according to its own speed measurement method, and then the terminal device can send the moving speed of the terminal device to the network device.
例如,在终端设备包括有GNSS定位装置时,终端设备可以根据GNSS定位装置确定终端设备的移动速度,再比如,在终端设备包括有雷达、摄像头等传感装置时,可以根据这些传感装置,确定终端设备的移动速度,也可以是结合GNSS定位装置和传感装置获得的环境信息,确定终端设备的移动速度,在此不做限定。For example, when the terminal device includes a GNSS positioning device, the terminal device can determine the moving speed of the terminal device based on the GNSS positioning device. For another example, when the terminal device includes sensor devices such as radar and cameras, the moving speed of the terminal device can be determined based on these sensor devices. The moving speed of the terminal device can also be determined by combining the environmental information obtained by the GNSS positioning device and the sensor device. This is not limited here.
其中,终端设备向网络设备反馈终端设备的移动速度的方式可以是周期性反馈。也可以是终端设备确定终端设备的移动速度发生变化后反馈,还可以是网络设备向终端设备发送获得终端设备的移动速度请求消息后,终端设备确定终端设备的移动速度后,向网络设备反馈终端设备的移动速度。The terminal device may feed back the moving speed of the terminal device to the network device in a periodic manner, or the terminal device may feed back the moving speed of the terminal device after determining that the moving speed of the terminal device has changed, or the network device may send a request message to obtain the moving speed of the terminal device to the terminal device, and the terminal device may feed back the moving speed of the terminal device to the network device after determining the moving speed of the terminal device.
考虑到训练所得滤波器对发送端或接收端的移动速度具有一定的敏感性,因此,可以将发送端或接收端的移动速度分为多个移动速度区间。比如,终端设备在终端设备的移动速度所在的移动速度区间发生变化,该移动速度区间可以是基于训练的滤波器系数适用的移动速度区间确定的。该移动速度区间可以是根据训练后的滤波器系数在不同移动速度下的测试结果对应的滤波器系数的性能确定的,还可以是根据业务需要等其他方式确定的,在此不做限定。例如,在确定接收端的移动速度从一个移动速度区间变化到另一移动速度区间时,确定接收端的移动速度发生变化。当然,还可以通过其他方式确定接收端点移动速度发生变化,在此不做限定。Considering that the trained filter has a certain sensitivity to the moving speed of the transmitter or the receiver, the moving speed of the transmitter or the receiver can be divided into multiple moving speed intervals. For example, the moving speed interval where the terminal device moves changes can be determined based on the moving speed interval to which the trained filter coefficient is applicable. The moving speed interval can be determined based on the performance of the filter coefficient corresponding to the test results of the trained filter coefficient at different moving speeds, or can be determined based on other methods such as business needs, which are not limited here. For example, when it is determined that the moving speed of the receiving end changes from one moving speed interval to another moving speed interval, it is determined that the moving speed of the receiving end changes. Of course, it can also be determined that the moving speed of the receiving end changes by other methods, which are not limited here.
方式C2,终端设备也可以是根据终端设备之外的测量设备对终端设备的移动速度进行测量后,向终端设备发送终端设备的移动速度后,终端设备向网络设备发送终端设备的移动速度。例如,终端设备之外的测量设备可以是基站、GNSS、路侧单元或其他终端设备。从而,通过根据基站定位、GNSS定位或路侧单元测量接收端的移动速度。In mode C2, the terminal device may also measure the moving speed of the terminal device according to a measuring device other than the terminal device, and after sending the moving speed of the terminal device to the terminal device, the terminal device sends the moving speed of the terminal device to the network device. For example, the measuring device other than the terminal device may be a base station, GNSS, roadside unit or other terminal device. Thus, the moving speed of the receiving end is measured according to the base station positioning, GNSS positioning or roadside unit.
其中,终端设备向网络设备反馈终端设备的移动速度的方式可以是周期性反馈。也可以是终端设备确定终端设备的移动速度发生变化后反馈,还可以是网络设备向终端设备发送获得终端设备的移动速度请求消息后,终端设备确定终端设备的移动速度后,向网络设备反馈终端设备的移动速度。The terminal device may feed back the moving speed of the terminal device to the network device in a periodic manner, or the terminal device may feed back the moving speed of the terminal device after determining that the moving speed of the terminal device has changed, or the network device may feed back the moving speed of the terminal device to the network device after sending a request message to obtain the moving speed of the terminal device to the terminal device and the terminal device determines the moving speed of the terminal device.
方式C3,网络设备可以根据基站定位的方式,对终端设备的移动速度所在的移动速度区间进行估计,获得终端设备的移动速度的估计值。In mode C3, the network device can estimate the moving speed interval of the terminal device according to the positioning method of the base station, and obtain the estimated value of the moving speed of the terminal device.
或者,测量设备也可以向网络设备上报终端设备的移动速度。例如,在测量设备获得终端设备的移动速度后,向网络设备反馈终端设备的移动速度。Alternatively, the measuring device may also report the moving speed of the terminal device to the network device. For example, after the measuring device obtains the moving speed of the terminal device, it feeds back the moving speed of the terminal device to the network device.
测量设备向网络设备反馈终端设备的移动速度的方式可以是周期性反馈。也可以是测量设备确定终端设备的移动速度发生变化后反馈,还可以是网络设备向测量设备发送获得终端设备的移动速度请求消息后,测量设备确定终端设备的移动速度后,向网络设备反馈终端设备的移动速度。The measuring device may feed back the moving speed of the terminal device to the network device in a periodic manner, or after the measuring device determines that the moving speed of the terminal device has changed, or after the network device sends a request message to obtain the moving speed of the terminal device to the measuring device, the measuring device determines the moving speed of the terminal device and then feeds back the moving speed of the terminal device to the network device.
比如,网络设备可以向测量设备发送测量终端设备的移动速度的请求,在测量设备获得终端设备的移动速度后,向网络设备反馈终端设备的移动速度。或者,测量设备在确定终端设备的移动速度发生变化时,向网络设备反馈终端设备的移动速度。For example, the network device may send a request to the measuring device to measure the moving speed of the terminal device, and after the measuring device obtains the moving speed of the terminal device, it feeds back the moving speed of the terminal device to the network device. Alternatively, when the measuring device determines that the moving speed of the terminal device has changed, it feeds back the moving speed of the terminal device to the network device.
例如,测量设备在终端设备的移动速度所在的移动速度区间发生变化,该移动速度区间可以是基于训练的滤波器系数适用的移动速度区间确定的。该移动速度区间可以是根据训练后的滤波器系数在不同移动速度下的测试结果对应的滤波器系数的性能确定的,还可以是根据业务需要等其他方式确定的,在此不做限定。例如,在确定接收端的移动速度从一个移动速度区间变化到另一移动速度区间时,确定接收端的移动速度发生变化。当然,还可以通过其他方式确定接收端点移动速度发生变化,在此不做限定。For example, the measuring device changes in the mobile speed interval where the mobile speed of the terminal device is located, and the mobile speed interval can be determined based on the mobile speed interval to which the trained filter coefficients are applicable. The mobile speed interval can be determined based on the performance of the filter coefficients corresponding to the test results of the trained filter coefficients at different mobile speeds, or can be determined in other ways such as business needs, which are not limited here. For example, when it is determined that the mobile speed of the receiving end changes from one mobile speed interval to another mobile speed interval, it is determined that the mobile speed of the receiving end has changed. Of course, the change in the mobile speed of the receiving end point can also be determined by other means, which are not limited here.
步骤602:网络设备根据终端设备的移动速度,确定滤波器系数。Step 602: The network device determines the filter coefficient according to the moving speed of the terminal device.
其中,所述滤波器系数为根据所述接收端的移动速度和/或所述发送端的移动速度确定的。例如,该滤波器系数可以是训练后的滤波器系数。The filter coefficients are determined according to the moving speed of the receiving end and/or the moving speed of the sending end. For example, the filter coefficients may be trained filter coefficients.
在一些实施例中,第一信号可以是待发送的信号。该信号可以包括导频信号和数据信号,数据信号可以用于承载接收端进行解析的数据。导频信号可以为解调参考信号、用于信道估计的导频信号、训练信号等等。In some embodiments, the first signal may be a signal to be sent. The signal may include a pilot signal and a data signal, and the data signal may be used to carry data to be parsed by the receiving end. The pilot signal may be a demodulation reference signal, a pilot signal for channel estimation, a training signal, and the like.
第一信号的参数可以包括:第一信号的调制编码方式、和第一信号对应的时频资源等。例如,第一信号可以是在预设的调制编码方式、预设的时频资源(承载该训练信号的子载波数、符号数、子载波间隔、载波频率)等第一信号的参数下确定的,也可以是根据发送端和接收端之间的信道状态和可分配的时频资源确定的。The parameters of the first signal may include: a modulation and coding mode of the first signal, a time-frequency resource corresponding to the first signal, etc. For example, the first signal may be determined under parameters of the first signal such as a preset modulation and coding mode, a preset time-frequency resource (the number of subcarriers carrying the training signal, the number of symbols, the subcarrier spacing, and the carrier frequency), or may be determined based on the channel state between the transmitting end and the receiving end and the allocatable time-frequency resources.
第一信号的调制编码方式可以是基于网络设备和终端设备建立连接时确定的,也可以是建立连接后确定的。例如,第一信号的调制编码方式可以是网络设备向终端设备配置资源时,通过下行控制信令发送给终端设备的,再比如,第一信号的调制编码方式也可以是网络设备向终端设备高层信令发送给终端设备的,也可以是根据协议规定的方式确定的,在此不做限定。具体可以参见步骤401的方式,在此不再赘述。The modulation and coding method of the first signal may be determined when the network device and the terminal device establish a connection, or may be determined after the connection is established. For example, the modulation and coding method of the first signal may be sent to the terminal device through downlink control signaling when the network device configures resources for the terminal device. For another example, the modulation and coding method of the first signal may be sent to the terminal device by the network device through high-level signaling to the terminal device, or may be determined according to the method specified in the protocol, which is not limited here. For details, please refer to the method of step 401, which will not be repeated here.
在步骤602中,网络设备和终端设备根据终端设备的移动速度,确定使用的滤波器系数的方式可以有多种,下面以方式a1-方式a3举例说明。In step 602, the network device and the terminal device may determine the filter coefficients to be used according to the moving speed of the terminal device in a variety of ways, which are described below using ways a1 to a3 as examples.
方式a1,网络设备可以在确定终端设备处于移动状态后,使用训练后的滤波器系数对待发送的第一信号进行滤波处理,并向接收端发送滤波后的第一信号。相应的,终端设备可以在自身处于移动状态后,使用训练后的滤波器系数。In mode a1, after determining that the terminal device is in a mobile state, the network device can use the trained filter coefficients to filter the first signal to be sent, and send the filtered first signal to the receiving end. Correspondingly, the terminal device can use the trained filter coefficients after it is in a mobile state.
滤波后的第一信号发送到终端设备时,终端设备接收到第二信号,其中,第二信号可以是网络设备经过信道后发送给终端设备的滤波后的第一信号。接收端可以在确定自身处于移动状态后,终端设备可以使用训练后的滤波器系数,对第二信号进行滤波的恢复处理,获得估计的滤波前的第一信号,进而,根据估计的滤波前的第一信号,获得第一信号的数据。When the filtered first signal is sent to the terminal device, the terminal device receives the second signal, wherein the second signal may be the filtered first signal sent to the terminal device by the network device after passing through the channel. After the receiving end determines that it is in a mobile state, the terminal device may use the trained filter coefficient to perform a filtering recovery process on the second signal to obtain an estimated first signal before filtering, and then obtain the data of the first signal based on the estimated first signal before filtering.
方式a2,网络设备可以在确定滤波器系数后,可以通知终端设备,网络设备选择的滤波器系数。In mode a2, after determining the filter coefficient, the network device may notify the terminal device of the filter coefficient selected by the network device.
举例来说,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第一信息,第一信息用于指示滤波器系数。For example, the network device may send first information to the terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate the filter coefficients.
相应的,终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一信息。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first information sent by the network device.
其中,所述第一信息用于指示滤波器系数。该滤波器系数可以是第一信号进行滤波处理的滤波器系数。The first information is used to indicate a filter coefficient, which may be a filter coefficient for filtering the first signal.
在一些实施例中,第一信息可以是通过控制信令携带的,例如,RRC信令,高层信令等。本申请不做限定。第一信息可以携带滤波器系数,也可以携带滤波器系数的指示信息。例如,训练装置在训练好滤波器系数后,可以预先将训练后的滤波器系数发送给发送端和接收端,并为每种滤波器系数配置相应的索引信息。该索引信息可以用于指示滤波器系数的个数,还可以用于指示滤波器系数中的每个滤波器系数的具体值,还可以用于指示一种滤波器系数。在发送端确定使用的滤波器系数后,该滤波器系数的指示信息可以是滤波器系数的索引信息。从而,在接收端接收到第一信息后,可以根据该滤波器系数的索引信息,确定发送端指示的滤波器系数。再比如,第一信息可以是对应移动速度区间的指示信息,从而,接收端可以根据移动速度区间,确定该移动速度区间对应的滤波器系数。In some embodiments, the first information may be carried by control signaling, such as RRC signaling, high-layer signaling, etc. This application is not limited. The first information may carry filter coefficients, or may carry indication information of filter coefficients. For example, after training the filter coefficients, the training device may send the trained filter coefficients to the transmitting end and the receiving end in advance, and configure corresponding index information for each filter coefficient. The index information may be used to indicate the number of filter coefficients, may be used to indicate the specific value of each filter coefficient in the filter coefficients, and may be used to indicate a filter coefficient. After the transmitting end determines the filter coefficient to be used, the indication information of the filter coefficient may be the index information of the filter coefficient. Thus, after the receiving end receives the first information, the filter coefficient indicated by the transmitting end may be determined according to the index information of the filter coefficient. For another example, the first information may be indication information corresponding to the moving speed interval, so that the receiving end may determine the filter coefficient corresponding to the moving speed interval according to the moving speed interval.
方式a3,网络设备可以与终端设备预先协商使用的滤波器系数,在协商完成后,网络设备使用训练后的滤波器系数对待发送的第一信号进行滤波处理,并向接收端发送滤波后的第一信号。滤波后的第一信号发送到终端设备时,终端设备接收到第二信号,终端设备可以使用训练后的滤波器系数,对第二信号进行滤波的恢复处理,获得估计的滤波前的第一信号,进而,根据估计的滤波前的第一信号,获得第一信号的数据。In mode a3, the network device can pre-negotiate with the terminal device about the filter coefficients to be used. After the negotiation is completed, the network device uses the trained filter coefficients to filter the first signal to be sent, and sends the filtered first signal to the receiving end. When the filtered first signal is sent to the terminal device, the terminal device receives the second signal, and the terminal device can use the trained filter coefficients to perform a filtering recovery process on the second signal to obtain an estimated first signal before filtering, and then obtain the data of the first signal based on the estimated first signal before filtering.
比如,网络设备可以在确定终端设备的类型为车辆等移动设备时,考虑到车辆在启动后,大部分场景下都处于移动状态,网络设备可以与终端设备预先协商通过训练后的滤波器系数进行通信。因此,在协商完成后,网络设备可以选择训练后的滤波器系数对第一信号进行滤波处理,终端设备在确定协商完成后,可以选择训练后的滤波器系数对接收到的第二信号进行相应的处理。降低信号处理的延迟。For example, when the network device determines that the type of the terminal device is a mobile device such as a vehicle, considering that the vehicle is in a mobile state in most scenarios after startup, the network device can pre-negotiate with the terminal device to communicate through the trained filter coefficients. Therefore, after the negotiation is completed, the network device can select the trained filter coefficients to filter the first signal, and the terminal device can select the trained filter coefficients to perform corresponding processing on the received second signal after determining that the negotiation is completed. Reduce the delay in signal processing.
再比如,网络设备和终端设备建立通信连接时,终端设备可以上报终端设备是否长期处于移动状态,即是否选择训练后的滤波器系数进行滤波处理。相应的,网络设备在接收到该信息后,可以选择训练后的滤波器系数对第一信号进行滤波处理。进一步的,终端设备还可以上报终端设备处于移动状态的时间段等,此时,网络设备可以在相应的时间段,选择训练后的滤波器系数对第一信号进行滤波处理。在其他时间段内,网络设备也可以选择现有技术中的未训练的滤波器系数对第一信号进行滤波处理。并且,在这些时间段内,终端设备可以基于未训练的滤波器系数对接收到的滤波后的第一信号进行处理。当然,考虑到发送信号的延迟的问题,终端设备还可以在无法正确解析接收到的信号时,选择训练的滤波器系数对接收到的滤波后的第一信号进行处理,以提高接收端的接收信号的性能。For another example, when the network device and the terminal device establish a communication connection, the terminal device can report whether the terminal device is in a mobile state for a long time, that is, whether to select the trained filter coefficient for filtering. Correspondingly, after receiving the information, the network device can select the trained filter coefficient to filter the first signal. Further, the terminal device can also report the time period when the terminal device is in a mobile state, etc. At this time, the network device can select the trained filter coefficient to filter the first signal in the corresponding time period. In other time periods, the network device can also select the untrained filter coefficient in the prior art to filter the first signal. And, in these time periods, the terminal device can process the received filtered first signal based on the untrained filter coefficient. Of course, considering the delay of sending the signal, the terminal device can also select the trained filter coefficient to process the received filtered first signal when the received signal cannot be correctly parsed to improve the performance of the received signal at the receiving end.
网络设备确定终端设备处于移动状态时对应的滤波器系数可以有多种方式,下面以方式c1-方式c2举例说明。There are many ways for the network device to determine the corresponding filter coefficient when the terminal device is in a mobile state, which are described below using methods c1-c2 as examples.
方式c1,网络设备可以根据终端设备的移动速度,确定终端设备处于移动状态下,此时可以参考步骤402中确定滤波器系数的方式,确定滤波器系数。In mode c1, the network device can determine that the terminal device is in a moving state according to the moving speed of the terminal device. At this time, the filter coefficient can be determined by referring to the method of determining the filter coefficient in step 402.
方式c2,网络设备可以根据终端设备的移动速度满足的移动速度区间,确定该移动速度区间对应的滤波器系数。In mode c2, the network device may determine the filter coefficient corresponding to the moving speed interval according to the moving speed interval satisfied by the moving speed of the terminal device.
也就是说,网络设备可以是在终端设备的移动速度满足的移动速度区间发生变化时,更新滤波器系数。当然,网络设备在终端设备的移动速度满足的移动速度区间未发生变化时,可以沿用上一次与该网络设备发送信号时采用的滤波器系数,以减少网络设备的处理复杂度。That is, the network device may update the filter coefficient when the mobile speed interval satisfied by the mobile speed of the terminal device changes. Of course, when the mobile speed interval satisfied by the mobile speed of the terminal device does not change, the network device may continue to use the filter coefficient used when sending a signal to the network device last time, so as to reduce the processing complexity of the network device.
一种可能的实现方式,网络设备和终端设备通过协商的方式,根据终端设备的移动速度满足的移动速度区间,确定该移动速度区间对应的滤波器系数。例如,网络设备在终端设备的移动速度满足的移动速度区间发生变化时,更新滤波器系数。终端设备在确定自身的移动速度满足的移动速度区间发生变化后,也同步更新滤波器系数。此时,网络设备更新滤波器系数后,可以不通知终端设备第一信号采用的滤波器系数已更新。In a possible implementation, the network device and the terminal device determine the filter coefficient corresponding to the mobile speed interval according to the mobile speed interval satisfied by the mobile speed of the terminal device through negotiation. For example, the network device updates the filter coefficient when the mobile speed interval satisfied by the mobile speed of the terminal device changes. After determining that the mobile speed interval satisfied by its own mobile speed has changed, the terminal device also synchronously updates the filter coefficient. At this time, after the network device updates the filter coefficient, it may not notify the terminal device that the filter coefficient used in the first signal has been updated.
另一种可能的实现方式,终端设备通过网络设备指示的方式,确定是否更新滤波器系数。例如,网络设备在终端设备的移动速度满足的移动速度区间发生变化时,更新滤波器系数。网络设备更新滤波器系数后,向终端设备发送第一信息,该第一信息用于指示更新后的滤波器系数。终端设备当接收到第一信息后,更新滤波器系数。终端设备在确定自身的移动速度满足的移动速度区间发生变化后,但未接收到第一信息时,可以不更新滤波器系数。保证网络设备和终端设备使用的滤波器系数一致。In another possible implementation, the terminal device determines whether to update the filter coefficient by means of an indication from the network device. For example, the network device updates the filter coefficient when the mobile speed interval satisfied by the mobile speed of the terminal device changes. After the network device updates the filter coefficient, it sends a first message to the terminal device, where the first message is used to indicate the updated filter coefficient. After receiving the first message, the terminal device updates the filter coefficient. After determining that the mobile speed interval satisfied by its own mobile speed has changed, but the terminal device has not received the first message, the filter coefficient may not be updated. Ensure that the filter coefficients used by the network device and the terminal device are consistent.
再比如,网络设备通过终端设备指示的方式,确定是否更新滤波器系数。例如,终端设备在终端设备的移动速度满足的移动速度区间发生变化时,更新滤波器系数。终端设备更新滤波器系数后,向网络设备发送第一信息,该第一信息用于指示更新后的滤波器系数。网络设备当接收到第一信息后,更新滤波器系数。网络设备在确定自身的移动速度满足的移动速度区间发生变化后,但未接收到第一信息时,可以不更新滤波器系数。保证网络设备和终端设备使用的滤波器系数一致。For another example, the network device determines whether to update the filter coefficient by means of an indication from the terminal device. For example, the terminal device updates the filter coefficient when the mobile speed interval satisfied by the mobile speed of the terminal device changes. After the terminal device updates the filter coefficient, it sends a first message to the network device, where the first message is used to indicate the updated filter coefficient. After receiving the first message, the network device updates the filter coefficient. After determining that the mobile speed interval satisfied by its own mobile speed has changed, but the network device has not received the first message, the filter coefficient may not be updated. Ensure that the filter coefficients used by the network device and the terminal device are consistent.
在方式c2中,网络设备根据移动速度区间,确定滤波器系数的方式可以有多种。下面以方式c2.1和方式c2.2举例说明。In mode c2, the network device may determine the filter coefficient in various ways according to the moving speed range, as illustrated below using mode c2.1 and mode c2.2 as examples.
方式c2.1,与终端设备的移动速度匹配的训练参数可以是训练参数对应的训练后的滤波器系数满足终端设备的移动速度训练后确定的。Mode c2.1, the training parameters matching the moving speed of the terminal device may be the trained filter coefficients corresponding to the training parameters determined after the training meets the moving speed of the terminal device.
例如,在确定终端设备的移动速度为100km/h时,可以基于表1的训练参数对应训练后的滤波器系数,作为第一信号对应的训练后的滤波器系数。考虑到训练的开销,可以设置训练后的滤波器系数适用的接收端的移动速度区间,例如,训练后的滤波器系数是在100km/h下训练的,此时,可以设置训练后的滤波器系数适用的接收端的移动速度的区间为[0,200]km/h。区间的大小可以是根据测试结果对应的滤波器系数的性能确定的,还可以是根据业务需要等其他方式确定的,在此不做限定。For example, when it is determined that the moving speed of the terminal device is 100 km/h, the trained filter coefficients corresponding to the training parameters in Table 1 can be used as the trained filter coefficients corresponding to the first signal. Taking into account the training overhead, the moving speed interval of the receiving end to which the trained filter coefficients are applicable can be set. For example, the trained filter coefficients are trained at 100 km/h. At this time, the moving speed interval of the receiving end to which the trained filter coefficients are applicable can be set to [0,200] km/h. The size of the interval can be determined based on the performance of the filter coefficients corresponding to the test results, or can be determined by other methods such as business needs, which is not limited here.
方式c2.2,与终端设备的移动速度匹配的训练参数可以是训练参数对应的训练后的滤波器系数满足发终端设备的移动速度所在的移动速度区间确定的。Mode c2.2: The training parameters that match the moving speed of the terminal device may be determined by the trained filter coefficients corresponding to the training parameters satisfying the moving speed interval in which the moving speed of the terminal device is located.
即在确定所述终端设备的移动速度所在的移动速度区间发生变化时,可以更新所述滤波器系数。That is, when it is determined that the moving speed interval in which the moving speed of the terminal device is located changes, the filter coefficient may be updated.
例如,在训练过程中,可以基于业务的需要,将移动速度的范围划分为多个移动速度区间,例如,移动速度的范围为[0,800]km/h,一种可能的方式,可以将划分为3个移动速度区间,[0,200]km/h,[200,400]km/h,[400,800]km/h。For example, during the training process, the range of moving speed can be divided into multiple moving speed intervals based on business needs. For example, the moving speed range is [0,800] km/h. One possible way is to divide it into three moving speed intervals, [0,200] km/h, [200,400] km/h, and [400,800] km/h.
针对每个移动速度区间对应训练一组滤波器系数。其中,针对每个移动速度区间对应训练一组滤波器系数。可以是针对该移动速度区间的一个移动速度进行训练的,也可以是针对该移动速度区间的多个移动速度进行训练的,在此不做限定。A set of filter coefficients is trained for each moving speed interval. A set of filter coefficients is trained for each moving speed interval. The training may be performed for one moving speed in the moving speed interval or for multiple moving speeds in the moving speed interval, which is not limited here.
举例来说,3个移动速度区间中,第1个移动速度区间[0,200]km/h可以采用移动速度100km/h训练。第1个移动速度区间[200,400]km/h,可以采用移动速度300km/h训练。第1个移动速度区间[400,800]km/h,可以采用移动速度600km/h训练。训练参数可以如表6所示。For example, among the three moving speed intervals, the first moving speed interval [0, 200] km/h can be trained with a moving speed of 100 km/h. The first moving speed interval [200, 400] km/h can be trained with a moving speed of 300 km/h. The first moving speed interval [400, 800] km/h can be trained with a moving speed of 600 km/h. The training parameters can be shown in Table 6.
表6Table 6
此时,在确定终端设备的移动速度满足的移动速度区间后,可以根据该移动速度区间,确定与终端设备的移动速度匹配的训练后的滤波器系数。At this time, after determining the moving speed interval satisfied by the moving speed of the terminal device, the trained filter coefficients matching the moving speed of the terminal device may be determined according to the moving speed interval.
例如,在确定第一信号的调制编码方式、子载波数、符号数、子载波间隔、载波频率后,可以确定第一信号的调制编码方式、第一信号的时频资源的参数(子载波数、符号数、子载波间隔、载波频率)中的至少一项对应的训练信号训练的滤波器系数。例如,在第一信号的子载波数为256,符号数为16,调制方式为16OQAM,子载波间隔为15kHz,载波频率为4GHZ时,可以确定第一信号的滤波器系数可以对应表6中的训练信号训练的滤波器系数,进一步的,根据接收端的移动速度,例如,接收端的移动速度为250km/h,则可以确定训练后的滤波器系数可以为表6中基于移动速度为300km/h对应训练的滤波器系数。For example, after determining the modulation and coding mode, number of subcarriers, number of symbols, subcarrier spacing, and carrier frequency of the first signal, the filter coefficients of the training signal training corresponding to at least one of the modulation and coding mode of the first signal and the parameters of the time-frequency resources of the first signal (number of subcarriers, number of symbols, subcarrier spacing, and carrier frequency) can be determined. For example, when the number of subcarriers of the first signal is 256, the number of symbols is 16, the modulation mode is 16OQAM, the subcarrier spacing is 15kHz, and the carrier frequency is 4GHZ, it can be determined that the filter coefficients of the first signal can correspond to the filter coefficients of the training signal training in Table 6. Further, according to the moving speed of the receiving end, for example, the moving speed of the receiving end is 250km/h, it can be determined that the trained filter coefficients can be the filter coefficients of the training corresponding to the moving speed of 300km/h in Table 6.
步骤603:网络设备根据滤波器系数对第一信号进行滤波处理,获得滤波后的第一信号。Step 603: The network device filters the first signal according to the filter coefficient to obtain a filtered first signal.
结合方式B1,滤波器采用频域滤波器对信号进行滤波。In combination with approach B1, the filter uses a frequency domain filter to filter the signal.
该频域滤波器的滤波器系数可以是步骤602中训练后的滤波器系数。在确定训练后的滤波器系数后,发送端根据训练后的滤波器系数对第一信号进行滤波处理,获得滤波后的第一信号,具体发送端生成滤波后的第一信号的过程,可以参考步骤402的方式B1中发送端生成滤波后的训练信号的过程,在此不再赘述。The filter coefficients of the frequency domain filter may be the filter coefficients trained in step 602. After determining the trained filter coefficients, the transmitting end performs filtering processing on the first signal according to the trained filter coefficients to obtain a filtered first signal. The specific process of the transmitting end generating the filtered first signal may refer to the process of the transmitting end generating the filtered training signal in mode B1 of step 402, which will not be described in detail here.
结合方式B2,滤波器采用时域滤波器对信号进行滤波。In combination with approach B2, the filter uses a time domain filter to filter the signal.
该时域滤波器的滤波器系数可以是步骤602中训练后的滤波器系数经时频变化后确定的时域滤波器的滤波器系数。在确定训练后的滤波器系数后,发送端根据训练后的滤波器系数对第一信号进行滤波处理,获得滤波后的第一信号,具体发送端生成滤波后的第一信号的过程,可以参考步骤402中的方式B2中发送端生成滤波后的训练信号的过程,在此不再赘述。The filter coefficients of the time domain filter may be the filter coefficients of the time domain filter determined after the trained filter coefficients are subjected to time-frequency changes in step 602. After determining the trained filter coefficients, the transmitting end performs filtering processing on the first signal according to the trained filter coefficients to obtain a filtered first signal. The specific process of the transmitting end generating the filtered first signal may refer to the process of the transmitting end generating the filtered training signal in mode B2 in step 402, which will not be described in detail here.
步骤604:网络设备向终端设备发送滤波后的第一信号。Step 604: The network device sends the filtered first signal to the terminal device.
其中,网络设备发送滤波后的第一信号的方式可以参考图4中步骤403,在此不再赘述。The manner in which the network device sends the filtered first signal may refer to step 403 in FIG. 4 , which will not be described in detail herein.
相应的,终端设备接收第二信号。其中,第二信号可以是网络设备经过信道后发送给终端设备的滤波后的第一信号。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second signal, wherein the second signal may be the filtered first signal sent by the network device to the terminal device after passing through the channel.
步骤605:终端设备根据训练后的滤波器系数对接收到的第二信号进行滤波处理,获得估计的滤波前的第一信号。Step 605: The terminal device performs filtering processing on the received second signal according to the trained filter coefficients to obtain an estimated first signal before filtering.
终端设备确定训练后的滤波器系数的方式,可以参见步骤602中的方式,在此不再赘述。The manner in which the terminal device determines the trained filter coefficients can be found in step 602 and will not be described in detail here.
需要说明的是,步骤603和步骤604为可选的方式,具体执行的时机可以根据需要确定,在此不做限定。It should be noted that step 603 and step 604 are optional methods, and the specific timing of execution can be determined as needed and is not limited here.
通过神经网络训练所得滤波器泛化能力存在一定局限性,通过发送端到接收端训练得到兼顾信道特性的滤波器系数,有效提升了滤波器的性能。进一步的,还可以考虑针对不同车速区间,训练相应的滤波器系数,进一步提升了滤波器的性能。The generalization ability of the filter obtained through neural network training has certain limitations. The filter coefficients that take into account the channel characteristics are obtained through training from the sender to the receiver, which effectively improves the performance of the filter. Furthermore, it is also possible to consider training the corresponding filter coefficients for different vehicle speed ranges to further improve the performance of the filter.
场景2,发送端为终端设备,接收端为网络设备。以终端设备处于移动状态,即发送端处于移动状态,发送端的移动速度大于0。In scenario 2, the sender is a terminal device and the receiver is a network device. The terminal device is in a moving state, that is, the sender is in a moving state, and the moving speed of the sender is greater than 0.
下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法,请参见图7,为该方法的流程图。在下文的介绍过程中,以该方法应用于如图1所示的通信系统为例。另外,该方法可以由两个通信装置执行,这两个通信装置例如为发送端和接收端。在该示例中,发送端为终端设备,接收端为网络设备。包括:The data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. Please refer to Figure 7, which is a flow chart of the method. In the following introduction, the method is applied to the communication system shown in Figure 1 as an example. In addition, the method can be performed by two communication devices, such as a transmitting end and a receiving end. In this example, the transmitting end is a terminal device and the receiving end is a network device. It includes:
步骤701:终端设备获得自身的移动速度。Step 701: The terminal device obtains its own moving speed.
具体获得自身的移动速度方式可以参见方式C1-方式C3,在此不再赘述。需要说明的是,终端设备还可以通过网络设备向终端设备发送终端设备的移动速度,而无需自身具有测速功能。例如,在网络设备通过方式C2-方式C3获得终端设备的移动速度后,可以向终端设备发送该终端设备的移动速度,使得终端设备获得自身的移动速度。The specific method of obtaining the mobile speed of the terminal device can be referred to Method C1-Method C3, which will not be described here. It should be noted that the terminal device can also send the mobile speed of the terminal device to the terminal device through the network device without having the speed measurement function itself. For example, after the network device obtains the mobile speed of the terminal device through Method C2-Method C3, it can send the mobile speed of the terminal device to the terminal device, so that the terminal device obtains its own mobile speed.
步骤702:根据终端设备的移动速度,确定滤波器系数。Step 702: Determine the filter coefficient according to the moving speed of the terminal device.
其中,所述滤波器系数为根据所述终端设备的移动速度确定的。Wherein, the filter coefficient is determined according to the moving speed of the terminal device.
例如,发送端在确定自身处于移动状态时,可以选择训练后的滤波器系数对第一信号进行滤波处理。For example, when the transmitting end determines that it is in a moving state, it can select the trained filter coefficients to perform filtering processing on the first signal.
其中,第一信号可以是待发送的信号。该信号可以包括导频信号和数据信号,数据信号可以用于承载接收端进行解析的数据。导频信号可以为解调参考信号、用于信道估计的导频信号、训练信号等等。The first signal may be a signal to be sent. The signal may include a pilot signal and a data signal, and the data signal may be used to carry data to be parsed by the receiving end. The pilot signal may be a demodulation reference signal, a pilot signal for channel estimation, a training signal, and the like.
第一信号的参数可以包括:第一信号的调制编码方式、和第一信号对应的时频资源等。例如,第一信号可以是在预设的调制编码方式、预设的时频资源(承载该训练信号的子载波数、符号数、子载波间隔、载波频率)等第一信号的参数下确定的,也可以是根据网络设备和接收设备之间的信道状态和可分配的时频资源确定的。具体可以参见步骤401的方式,在此不再赘述。The parameters of the first signal may include: the modulation and coding mode of the first signal, the time-frequency resources corresponding to the first signal, etc. For example, the first signal may be determined under the parameters of the first signal such as the preset modulation and coding mode, the preset time-frequency resources (the number of subcarriers carrying the training signal, the number of symbols, the subcarrier spacing, the carrier frequency), etc., or may be determined according to the channel state between the network device and the receiving device and the allocatable time-frequency resources. For details, please refer to the method of step 401, which will not be described in detail here.
其中,第一信号的调制编码方式可以是基于网络设备和终端设备建立连接时确定的,也可以是建立连接后确定的,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第一信号的调制编码方式。Among them, the modulation and coding mode of the first signal can be determined when the network device and the terminal device establish a connection, or can be determined after the connection is established. The network device can send the modulation and coding mode of the first signal to the terminal device.
其中,终端设备确定使用的滤波器系数的方式可以有多种,下面以方式a4-方式a6举例说明。There are many ways for the terminal device to determine the filter coefficients to be used, which are described below using methods a4 to a6 as examples.
方式a4,终端设备可以在确定自身处于移动状态后,使用训练后的滤波器系数对待发送的第一信号进行滤波处理,并向网络设备发送滤波后的第一信号。相应的,网络设备可以在确定终端设备处于移动状态后,使用训练后的滤波器系数。Mode a4: After determining that the terminal device is in a mobile state, the terminal device can use the trained filter coefficients to filter the first signal to be sent, and send the filtered first signal to the network device. Correspondingly, the network device can use the trained filter coefficients after determining that the terminal device is in a mobile state.
滤波后的第一信号发送到网络设备时,网络设备接收到第二信号,其中,第二信号可以是终端设备经过信道后发送给网络设备的滤波后的第一信号。网络设备可以在确定终端设备处于移动状态后,使用训练后的滤波器系数,对第二信号进行滤波的恢复处理,获得估计的滤波前的第一信号,进而,根据估计的滤波前的第一信号,获得第一信号的数据。When the filtered first signal is sent to the network device, the network device receives the second signal, wherein the second signal may be the filtered first signal sent by the terminal device to the network device after passing through the channel. After determining that the terminal device is in a mobile state, the network device may use the trained filter coefficients to perform a filtering recovery process on the second signal to obtain an estimated first signal before filtering, and then obtain data of the first signal based on the estimated first signal before filtering.
方式a5,终端设备可以在确定训练后的滤波器系数后,可以通知网络设备,选择的训练后的滤波器系数。In mode a5, after determining the trained filter coefficients, the terminal device may notify the network device of the selected trained filter coefficients.
举例来说,终端设备可以向网络设备发送第一信息,第一信息用于指示滤波器系数。For example, the terminal device may send first information to the network device, where the first information is used to indicate a filter coefficient.
相应的,网络设备接收终端设备发送的第一信息。Correspondingly, the network device receives the first information sent by the terminal device.
其中,所述第一信息用于指示滤波器系数。该滤波器系数可以是第一信号进行滤波处理的滤波器系数。The first information is used to indicate a filter coefficient, which may be a filter coefficient for filtering the first signal.
在一些实施例中,第一信息可以是通过控制信令携带的,例如,上行控制信令,高层信令等。本申请不做限定。第一信息可以携带滤波器系数,也可以携带滤波器系数的指示信息。例如,训练装置在训练好滤波器系数后,可以预先将训练后的滤波器系数发送给发送端和接收端,并为每种滤波器系数配置相应的索引信息。该索引信息可以用于指示滤波器系数的个数,还可以用于指示滤波器系数中的每个滤波器系数的具体值,还可以用于指示一种滤波器系数。在终端设备确定使用的滤波器系数后,该滤波器系数的指示信息可以是滤波器系数的索引信息。从而,在网络设备接收到第一信息后,可以根据该滤波器系数的索引信息,确定终端设备指示的滤波器系数。再比如,第一信息可以是对应移动速度区间的指示信息,从而,接收端可以根据移动速度区间,确定该移动速度区间对应的滤波器系数。In some embodiments, the first information may be carried by control signaling, such as uplink control signaling, high-layer signaling, etc. This application is not limited. The first information may carry filter coefficients, or may carry indication information of filter coefficients. For example, after training the filter coefficients, the training device may send the trained filter coefficients to the transmitting end and the receiving end in advance, and configure corresponding index information for each filter coefficient. The index information may be used to indicate the number of filter coefficients, may be used to indicate the specific value of each filter coefficient in the filter coefficients, and may be used to indicate a filter coefficient. After the terminal device determines the filter coefficient to be used, the indication information of the filter coefficient may be the index information of the filter coefficient. Thus, after the network device receives the first information, the filter coefficient indicated by the terminal device may be determined according to the index information of the filter coefficient. For another example, the first information may be indication information corresponding to the mobile speed interval, so that the receiving end may determine the filter coefficient corresponding to the mobile speed interval according to the mobile speed interval.
方式a6,终端设备可以与网络设备预先协商使用的训练完成的滤波器系数,在协商完成后,终端设备使用训练后的滤波器系数对待发送的第一信号进行滤波处理,并向网络设备发送滤波后的第一信号。滤波后的第一信号发送到网络设备时,网络设备接收到第二信号,网络设备可以使用训练后的滤波器系数,对第二信号进行滤波的恢复处理,获得估计的滤波前的第一信号,进而,根据估计的滤波前的第一信号,获得第一信号的数据。In mode a6, the terminal device may pre-negotiate with the network device the trained filter coefficients to be used. After the negotiation is completed, the terminal device uses the trained filter coefficients to filter the first signal to be sent, and sends the filtered first signal to the network device. When the filtered first signal is sent to the network device, the network device receives the second signal, and the network device may use the trained filter coefficients to perform a filtering recovery process on the second signal to obtain an estimated first signal before filtering, and then obtain the data of the first signal based on the estimated first signal before filtering.
比如,网络设备可以在确定终端设备的类型为车辆等移动设备时,考虑到车辆在启动后,大部分场景下都处于移动状态,终端设备可以与网络设备预先协商通过训练后的滤波器系数进行通信。因此,在协商完成后,终端设备可以选择训练后的滤波器系数对第一信号进行滤波处理,网络设备在确定协商完成后,可以选择训练后的滤波器系数对接收到的第二信号进行相应的处理。降低信号处理的延迟。For example, when the network device determines that the type of the terminal device is a mobile device such as a vehicle, considering that the vehicle is in a mobile state in most scenarios after startup, the terminal device can pre-negotiate with the network device to communicate through the trained filter coefficients. Therefore, after the negotiation is completed, the terminal device can select the trained filter coefficients to filter the first signal, and the network device can select the trained filter coefficients to perform corresponding processing on the received second signal after determining that the negotiation is completed. Reduce the delay in signal processing.
再比如,终端设备和网络设备建立通信连接时,终端设备可以上报终端设备是否长期处于移动状态,即是否选择训练后的滤波器系数进行滤波处理。终端设备在向网络设备发送第一信息,且第一信息为指示选择训练后的滤波器系数进行滤波处理时,终端设备可以选择训练后的滤波器系数对第一信号进行滤波处理。For another example, when a terminal device and a network device establish a communication connection, the terminal device can report whether the terminal device is in a mobile state for a long time, that is, whether to select the trained filter coefficients for filtering. When the terminal device sends the first information to the network device, and the first information indicates to select the trained filter coefficients for filtering, the terminal device can select the trained filter coefficients to filter the first signal.
相应的,网络设备在接收到该第一信息后,可以确定终端设备选择训练后的滤波器系数进行滤波处理,并根据预先确定的训练后的滤波器系数,对接收到的终端设备发送的滤波后的第一信号进行滤波恢复的处理,以恢复第一信号。Correspondingly, after receiving the first information, the network device can determine that the terminal device selects the trained filter coefficients for filtering processing, and according to the predetermined trained filter coefficients, perform filtering recovery processing on the filtered first signal sent by the received terminal device to restore the first signal.
进一步的,终端设备还可以上报终端设备处于移动状态的时间段等,此时,终端设备可以在相应的时间段,选择训练后的滤波器系数对第一信号进行滤波处理。在其他时间段内,终端设备也可以选择现有技术中的未训练的滤波器系数对第一信号进行滤波处理。并且,在这些时间段内,网络设备可以基于未训练的滤波器系数对接收到的滤波后的第一信号进行处理。当然,考虑到发送信号的延迟的问题,网络设备还可以在无法正确解析接收到的信号时,选择训练的滤波器系数对接收到的滤波后的第一信号进行处理,以提高网络设备的接收信号的性能。Furthermore, the terminal device can also report the time period when the terminal device is in a mobile state, etc. At this time, the terminal device can select the trained filter coefficient to filter the first signal in the corresponding time period. In other time periods, the terminal device can also select the untrained filter coefficient in the prior art to filter the first signal. And, in these time periods, the network device can process the received filtered first signal based on the untrained filter coefficient. Of course, considering the delay in sending the signal, the network device can also select the trained filter coefficient to process the received filtered first signal when it cannot correctly parse the received signal, so as to improve the performance of the network device's received signal.
需要说明的是,终端设备和网络设备确定训练后的滤波器系数的方式有多种,下面以方式c3-方式c4举例说明。It should be noted that there are multiple ways for the terminal device and the network device to determine the filter coefficients after training, which are described below using methods c3 and c4 as examples.
方式c3,终端设备可以根据终端设备的移动速度,确定终端设备处于移动状态下,此时可以参考步骤402中确定滤波器系数的方式,确定滤波器系数。In method c3, the terminal device can determine that the terminal device is in a moving state according to the moving speed of the terminal device. At this time, the filter coefficient can be determined by referring to the method of determining the filter coefficient in step 402.
网络设备可以根据终端设备的移动速度,确定终端设备处于移动状态下,此时可以参考步骤402中确定滤波器系数的方式,确定滤波器系数。The network device may determine that the terminal device is in a moving state according to the moving speed of the terminal device. At this time, the filter coefficient may be determined by referring to the method of determining the filter coefficient in step 402.
方式c4,终端设备可以根据终端设备的移动速度满足的移动速度区间,确定该移动速度区间对应的滤波器系数。In mode c4, the terminal device may determine the filter coefficient corresponding to the moving speed interval according to the moving speed interval satisfied by the moving speed of the terminal device.
也就是说,终端设备可以是在终端设备的移动速度满足的移动速度区间发生变化时,更新滤波器系数。在更新滤波器系数后,还可以向网络设备发送第一信息,用于指示更新后的滤波器系数。另一种可能的实现方式,终端设备通过网络设备指示的方式,确定是否更新滤波器系数。That is, the terminal device may update the filter coefficient when the moving speed interval satisfied by the moving speed of the terminal device changes. After updating the filter coefficient, the first information may be sent to the network device to indicate the updated filter coefficient. In another possible implementation, the terminal device determines whether to update the filter coefficient by means of an indication from the network device.
当然,终端设备在终端设备的移动速度满足的移动速度区间未发生变化时,可以沿用上一次与该终端设备发送信号时采用的滤波器系数,以减少终端设备的处理复杂度。Of course, when the moving speed interval satisfied by the moving speed of the terminal device does not change, the filter coefficients used when sending signals to the terminal device last time can be used to reduce the processing complexity of the terminal device.
相应的,网络设备可以根据终端设备的移动速度满足的移动速度区间,确定该移动速度区间对应的滤波器系数。也可以是根据终端设备发送的第一信息,确定第一信息指示的滤波器系数,或确定第一信息指示的更新后的滤波器系数。具体可以参见方式c2,在此不再赘述。Accordingly, the network device may determine the filter coefficient corresponding to the mobile speed interval according to the mobile speed interval satisfied by the mobile speed of the terminal device. Alternatively, the filter coefficient indicated by the first information may be determined according to the first information sent by the terminal device, or the updated filter coefficient indicated by the first information may be determined. For details, please refer to method c2, which will not be described in detail here.
一种可能的实现方式,终端设备和网络设备通过协商的方式,根据终端设备的移动速度满足的移动速度区间,确定该移动速度区间对应的滤波器系数。例如,终端设备在自身的移动速度满足的移动速度区间发生变化时,更新滤波器系数。网络设备在确定终端设备的移动速度满足的移动速度区间发生变化后,也同步更新滤波器系数。此时,终端设备更新滤波器系数后,可以不通知网络设备第一信号采用的滤波器系数已更新。In a possible implementation, the terminal device and the network device determine the filter coefficient corresponding to the mobile speed interval according to the mobile speed interval satisfied by the mobile speed of the terminal device through negotiation. For example, when the mobile speed interval satisfied by the mobile speed of the terminal device changes, the filter coefficient is updated. After determining that the mobile speed interval satisfied by the mobile speed of the terminal device changes, the network device also synchronously updates the filter coefficient. At this time, after the terminal device updates the filter coefficient, it may not notify the network device that the filter coefficient used in the first signal has been updated.
另一种可能的实现方式,终端设备通过指示的方式,确定是否更新滤波器系数。例如,终端设备在终端设备的移动速度满足的移动速度区间发生变化时,更新滤波器系数。终端设备更新滤波器系数后,向网络设备发送第一信息,该第一信息用于指示更新后的滤波器系数。网络设备当接收到第一信息后,更新滤波器系数。网络设备在确定终端设备的移动速度满足的移动速度区间发生变化后,但未接收到第一信息时,可以不更新滤波器系数。保证终端设备和网络设备使用的滤波器系数一致。In another possible implementation, the terminal device determines whether to update the filter coefficient by indicating. For example, the terminal device updates the filter coefficient when the mobile speed interval satisfied by the mobile speed of the terminal device changes. After the terminal device updates the filter coefficient, it sends a first message to the network device, where the first message is used to indicate the updated filter coefficient. After receiving the first message, the network device updates the filter coefficient. After determining that the mobile speed interval satisfied by the mobile speed of the terminal device has changed, but the network device has not received the first message, the filter coefficient may not be updated. Ensure that the filter coefficients used by the terminal device and the network device are consistent.
在方式c4中,终端设备根据移动速度区间,确定滤波器系数的方式可以有多种。具体可以参考方式c2.1和方式c2.2,在此不再赘述。In mode c4, the terminal device may determine the filter coefficient in a variety of ways according to the moving speed range, which may be specifically referred to in mode c2.1 and mode c2.2, and will not be described in detail here.
步骤703:终端设备根据滤波器系数对第一信号进行滤波处理,获得滤波后的第一信号。Step 703: The terminal device filters the first signal according to the filter coefficient to obtain a filtered first signal.
具体方式可以参见方式B1和方式B2,在此不再赘述。For specific methods, please refer to Method B1 and Method B2, which will not be described in detail here.
步骤704:终端设备向网络设备发送滤波后的第一信号。Step 704: The terminal device sends the filtered first signal to the network device.
相应的,网络设备接收第二信号。其中,第二信号可以是终端设备经过信道后发送给网络设备的滤波后的第一信号。Correspondingly, the network device receives the second signal, wherein the second signal may be the filtered first signal sent by the terminal device to the network device after passing through the channel.
步骤705:网络设备根据训练后的滤波器系数对接收到的第二信号进行滤波处理,获得估计的滤波前的第一信号。Step 705: The network device performs filtering processing on the received second signal according to the trained filter coefficients to obtain an estimated first signal before filtering.
网络设备确定使用训练后的滤波器系数的方式可以参见步骤702中的方式a3-方式a6,在此不再赘述。相应的,网络设备可以是根据终端设备的移动速度,确定的训练后的滤波器系数,具体可以参见步骤702中的方式c3-方式c4,在此不再赘述。网络设备确定终端设备的移动速度的方式可以有多种,具体可以参考方式C1-方式C3,在此不再赘述。The manner in which the network device determines to use the trained filter coefficients can refer to the manner a3-manner a6 in step 702, which will not be described in detail here. Accordingly, the network device can determine the trained filter coefficients according to the moving speed of the terminal device, which can be specifically referred to the manner c3-manner c4 in step 702, which will not be described in detail here. There can be multiple manners for the network device to determine the moving speed of the terminal device, which can be specifically referred to the manner C1-manner C3, which will not be described in detail here.
需要说明的是,步骤704和步骤705为可选的方式,具体执行的时机可以根据需要确定,在此不做限定。It should be noted that step 704 and step 705 are optional methods, and the specific timing of execution can be determined as needed and is not limited here.
场景3,发送端为终端设备,接收端为终端设备。发送端和接收端都可能处于移动状态。Scenario 3: The sender is a terminal device and the receiver is a terminal device. Both the sender and the receiver may be in a mobile state.
即发送端的移动速度大于0,接收端的移动速度大于0。That is, the moving speed of the sending end is greater than 0, and the moving speed of the receiving end is greater than 0.
比如,发送端在确定接收端和发送端都处于移动状态时,可以选择训练后的滤波器系数对第一信号进行滤波处理。For example, when the transmitting end determines that both the receiving end and the transmitting end are in a moving state, the transmitting end may select the trained filter coefficients to perform filtering processing on the first signal.
如图8所示,为本申请提供的一种数据传输方法,以该方法应用于如图1所示的通信系统为例。另外,该方法可以由两个通信装置执行,这两个通信装置例如为发送端和接收端。在该示例中,发送端为终端设备1,接收端为终端设备2。包括:As shown in FIG8 , a data transmission method provided by the present application is taken as an example of the method being applied to the communication system shown in FIG1 . In addition, the method can be performed by two communication devices, such as a transmitting end and a receiving end. In this example, the transmitting end is terminal device 1 and the receiving end is terminal device 2. It includes:
步骤801:终端设备1获得终端设备1和/或终端设备2的移动速度。Step 801: Terminal device 1 obtains the moving speed of terminal device 1 and/or terminal device 2.
终端设备1获得自身的移动速度方式可以参见方式A1-A2,在此不再赘述。终端设备1还可以通过终端设备2向终端设备1发送终端设备1的移动速度,而无需自身具有测速功能。例如,在终端设备2通过方式A2-方式A3获得终端设备1的移动速度后,可以向终端设备1发送该终端设备1的移动速度,使得终端设备1获得自身的移动速度。The way in which the terminal device 1 obtains its own moving speed can be referred to Method A1-A2, which will not be described here. The terminal device 1 can also send the moving speed of the terminal device 1 to the terminal device 1 through the terminal device 2, without having the speed measurement function itself. For example, after the terminal device 2 obtains the moving speed of the terminal device 1 through Method A2-Method A3, the moving speed of the terminal device 1 can be sent to the terminal device 1, so that the terminal device 1 obtains its own moving speed.
终端设备1获得终端设备2的移动速度方式可以参见方式A1-A3中网络设备获得终端设备的移动速度的方式,在此不再赘述。另外,终端设备1获得终端设备2的移动速度方式,还可以是网络设备获得终端设备2的移动速度后,想终端设备1发送的终端设备2的移动速度。The way in which the terminal device 1 obtains the moving speed of the terminal device 2 can refer to the way in which the network device obtains the moving speed of the terminal device in the ways A1-A3, which will not be repeated here. In addition, the way in which the terminal device 1 obtains the moving speed of the terminal device 2 can also be that the network device obtains the moving speed of the terminal device 2 and then sends the moving speed of the terminal device 2 to the terminal device 1.
步骤802:终端设备1根据终端设备1和/或终端设备2的移动速度,确定滤波器系数。Step 802: Terminal device 1 determines the filter coefficient according to the moving speed of terminal device 1 and/or terminal device 2.
其中,所述滤波器系数为根据所述终端设备1的移动速度和/或所述终端设备2的移动速度确定的。The filter coefficient is determined according to the moving speed of the terminal device 1 and/or the moving speed of the terminal device 2.
例如,终端设备1在确定终端设备1和/或终端设备2处于移动状态时,可以选择训练后的滤波器系数对第一信号进行滤波处理。For example, when the terminal device 1 determines that the terminal device 1 and/or the terminal device 2 is in a moving state, the terminal device 1 may select the trained filter coefficients to perform filtering processing on the first signal.
其中,第一信号可以是待发送的信号。该信号可以包括导频信号和数据信号,数据信号可以用于承载接收端进行解析的数据。导频信号可以为解调参考信号、用于信道估计的导频信号、训练信号等等。The first signal may be a signal to be sent. The signal may include a pilot signal and a data signal, and the data signal may be used to carry data to be parsed by the receiving end. The pilot signal may be a demodulation reference signal, a pilot signal for channel estimation, a training signal, and the like.
第一信号的参数可以包括:第一信号的调制编码方式、和第一信号对应的时频资源等。例如,第一信号可以是在预设的调制编码方式、预设的时频资源(承载该训练信号的子载波数、符号数、子载波间隔、载波频率)等第一信号的参数下确定的,也可以是根据终端设备2和终端设备1之间的信道状态和可分配的时频资源确定的。The parameters of the first signal may include: the modulation and coding mode of the first signal, the time-frequency resources corresponding to the first signal, etc. For example, the first signal may be determined under the parameters of the first signal such as the preset modulation and coding mode, the preset time-frequency resources (the number of subcarriers carrying the training signal, the number of symbols, the subcarrier spacing, and the carrier frequency), or may be determined according to the channel state between the terminal device 2 and the terminal device 1 and the allocatable time-frequency resources.
第一信号的调制编码方式可以是基于终端设备和终端设备建立侧行连接时确定的,也可以是建立侧行连接后,基于网络设备为发送端和接收端配置的。具体可以参见步骤401的方式,在此不再赘述。The modulation and coding mode of the first signal can be determined when the terminal device and the terminal device establish a sideline connection, or can be configured by the network device for the transmitter and the receiver after the sideline connection is established. For details, please refer to the method of step 401, which will not be repeated here.
其中,终端设备1确定使用训练后的滤波器系数的方式可以有多种,下面以方式a4-方式a6举例说明。There are many ways for the terminal device 1 to determine the filter coefficients after training, which are described below using methods a4 to a6 as examples.
方式a4,终端设备1可以在确定终端设备1和终端设备2处于移动状态后,使用训练后的滤波器系数对待发送的第一信号进行滤波处理,并向终端设备2发送滤波后的第一信号。相应的,终端设备2可以在确定终端设备1和终端设备2处于移动状态后,使用训练后的滤波器系数。Mode a4: After determining that terminal device 1 and terminal device 2 are in a mobile state, terminal device 1 can use the trained filter coefficients to filter the first signal to be sent, and send the filtered first signal to terminal device 2. Correspondingly, terminal device 2 can use the trained filter coefficients after determining that terminal device 1 and terminal device 2 are in a mobile state.
滤波后的第一信号发送到终端设备2时,终端设备2接收到第二信号,其中,第二信号可以是终端设备1经过信道后发送给终端设备2的滤波后的第一信号。终端设备2可以在确定终端设备1处于移动状态后,使用训练后的滤波器系数,对第二信号进行滤波的恢复处理,获得估计的滤波前的第一信号,进而,根据估计的滤波前的第一信号,获得第一信号的数据。When the filtered first signal is sent to the terminal device 2, the terminal device 2 receives the second signal, wherein the second signal may be the filtered first signal sent by the terminal device 1 to the terminal device 2 after passing through the channel. After determining that the terminal device 1 is in a mobile state, the terminal device 2 may use the trained filter coefficients to perform a filtering recovery process on the second signal to obtain an estimated first signal before filtering, and then obtain data of the first signal based on the estimated first signal before filtering.
可选的,终端设备1还可以进一步判断终端设备1和终端设备2之间的相对速度,在终端设备1和终端设备2的相对速度满足预设阈值时,确定使用训练后的滤波器系数对待发送的第一信号进行滤波处理。相应的,终端设备2可以在确定终端设备1和终端设备2处于移动状态后,还可以进一步判断终端设备1和终端设备2之间的相对速度,在终端设备1和终端设备2的相对速度满足预设阈值时,确定使用训练后的滤波器系数对接收信号进行滤波的恢复处理。Optionally, the terminal device 1 may further determine the relative speed between the terminal device 1 and the terminal device 2, and when the relative speed between the terminal device 1 and the terminal device 2 meets a preset threshold, determine to use the trained filter coefficients to perform filtering processing on the first signal to be sent. Correspondingly, after determining that the terminal device 1 and the terminal device 2 are in a moving state, the terminal device 2 may further determine the relative speed between the terminal device 1 and the terminal device 2, and when the relative speed between the terminal device 1 and the terminal device 2 meets a preset threshold, determine to use the trained filter coefficients to perform recovery processing on the filtering of the received signal.
方式a5,终端设备1可以在确定训练后的滤波器系数后,可以通知终端设备2,选择的训练后的滤波器系数。In mode a5, after determining the trained filter coefficients, terminal device 1 may notify terminal device 2 of the selected trained filter coefficients.
举例来说,终端设备1可以向终端设备2发送第一信息,第一信息用于指示滤波器系数。For example, terminal device 1 may send first information to terminal device 2, where the first information is used to indicate a filter coefficient.
相应的,终端设备2接收终端设备1发送的第一信息。Correspondingly, terminal device 2 receives the first information sent by terminal device 1.
其中,所述第一信息用于指示滤波器系数。该滤波器系数可以是第一信号进行滤波处理的滤波器系数。The first information is used to indicate a filter coefficient, which may be a filter coefficient for filtering the first signal.
在一些实施例中,第一信息可以是通过控制信令携带的,例如,侧行控制信令,高层信令等。本申请不做限定。第一信息可以携带滤波器系数,也可以携带滤波器系数的指示信息。例如,训练装置在训练好滤波器系数后,可以预先将训练后的滤波器系数发送给发送端和接收端,并为每种滤波器系数配置相应的索引信息。该索引信息可以用于指示滤波器系数的个数,还可以用于指示滤波器系数中的每个滤波器系数的具体值,还可以用于指示一种滤波器系数。在终端设备1确定使用的滤波器系数后,该滤波器系数的指示信息可以是滤波器系数的索引信息。从而,在终端设备2接收到第一信息后,可以根据该滤波器系数的索引信息,确定终端设备1指示的滤波器系数。再比如,第一信息可以是对应移动速度区间的指示信息,从而,接收端可以根据移动速度区间,确定该移动速度区间对应的滤波器系数。In some embodiments, the first information may be carried by control signaling, such as side control signaling, high-level signaling, etc. This application is not limited. The first information may carry filter coefficients, or may carry indication information of filter coefficients. For example, after training the filter coefficients, the training device may send the trained filter coefficients to the transmitting end and the receiving end in advance, and configure corresponding index information for each filter coefficient. The index information may be used to indicate the number of filter coefficients, may be used to indicate the specific value of each filter coefficient in the filter coefficients, and may be used to indicate a filter coefficient. After the terminal device 1 determines the filter coefficient to be used, the indication information of the filter coefficient may be the index information of the filter coefficient. Thus, after the terminal device 2 receives the first information, the filter coefficient indicated by the terminal device 1 may be determined according to the index information of the filter coefficient. For another example, the first information may be indication information corresponding to the mobile speed interval, so that the receiving end may determine the filter coefficient corresponding to the mobile speed interval according to the mobile speed interval.
方式a6,终端设备1可以与终端设备2预先协商使用的训练完成的滤波器系数,在协商完成后,终端设备1使用训练后的滤波器系数对待发送的第一信号进行滤波处理,并向终端设备2发送滤波后的第一信号。滤波后的第一信号发送到终端设备2时,终端设备2接收到第二信号,终端设备2可以使用训练后的滤波器系数,对第二信号进行滤波的恢复处理,获得估计的滤波前的第一信号,进而,根据估计的滤波前的第一信号,获得第一信号的数据。In mode a6, the terminal device 1 may negotiate with the terminal device 2 in advance about the trained filter coefficients to be used. After the negotiation is completed, the terminal device 1 uses the trained filter coefficients to filter the first signal to be sent, and sends the filtered first signal to the terminal device 2. When the filtered first signal is sent to the terminal device 2, the terminal device 2 receives the second signal, and the terminal device 2 may use the trained filter coefficients to perform a filtering recovery process on the second signal to obtain an estimated first signal before filtering, and then obtain the data of the first signal based on the estimated first signal before filtering.
比如,终端设备2可以在确定终端设备1的类型为车辆等移动设备时,考虑到车辆在启动后,大部分场景下都处于移动状态,终端设备1可以与终端设备2预先协商通过训练后的滤波器系数进行通信。因此,在协商完成后,终端设备1可以选择训练后的滤波器系数对第一信号进行滤波处理,终端设备2在确定协商完成后,可以选择训练后的滤波器系数对接收到的第二信号进行相应的处理。降低信号处理的延迟。For example, when terminal device 2 determines that the type of terminal device 1 is a mobile device such as a vehicle, considering that the vehicle is in a mobile state in most scenarios after startup, terminal device 1 can pre-negotiate with terminal device 2 to communicate through the trained filter coefficients. Therefore, after the negotiation is completed, terminal device 1 can select the trained filter coefficients to filter the first signal, and terminal device 2 can select the trained filter coefficients to perform corresponding processing on the received second signal after determining that the negotiation is completed. Reduce the delay in signal processing.
再比如,终端设备1和终端设备2建立通信连接时,终端设备1可以通知终端设备1是否长期处于移动状态,即是否选择训练后的滤波器系数进行滤波处理。终端设备1可以向终端设备2发送第一信息,其中,第一信息为指示选择训练后的滤波器系数进行滤波处理时,终端设备1可以选择训练后的滤波器系数对第一信号进行滤波处理。For another example, when terminal device 1 and terminal device 2 establish a communication connection, terminal device 1 can notify terminal device 1 whether it is in a long-term mobile state, that is, whether to select the trained filter coefficient for filtering. Terminal device 1 can send first information to terminal device 2, wherein the first information indicates that the trained filter coefficient is selected for filtering, and terminal device 1 can select the trained filter coefficient to filter the first signal.
相应的,终端设备2在接收到该第一信息后,可以确定终端设备1选择训练后的滤波器系数进行滤波处理,并根据预先确定的训练后的滤波器系数,对接收到的终端设备1发送的滤波后的第一信号进行滤波恢复的处理,以恢复第一信号。Correspondingly, after receiving the first information, the terminal device 2 can determine that the terminal device 1 selects the trained filter coefficients for filtering processing, and according to the predetermined trained filter coefficients, performs filtering recovery processing on the filtered first signal sent by the received terminal device 1 to restore the first signal.
进一步的,终端设备1还可以上报终端设备1处于移动状态的时间段等,此时,终端设备1可以在相应的时间段,选择训练后的滤波器系数对第一信号进行滤波处理。在其他时间段内,终端设备1也可以选择现有技术中的未训练的滤波器系数对第一信号进行滤波处理。并且,在这些时间段内,终端设备2可以基于未训练的滤波器系数对接收到的滤波后的第一信号进行处理。当然,考虑到发送信号的延迟的问题,终端设备2还可以在无法正确解析接收到的信号时,选择训练的滤波器系数对接收到的滤波后的第一信号进行处理,以提高终端设备2的接收信号的性能。Furthermore, the terminal device 1 can also report the time period when the terminal device 1 is in a mobile state, etc. At this time, the terminal device 1 can select the trained filter coefficient to filter the first signal in the corresponding time period. In other time periods, the terminal device 1 can also select the untrained filter coefficient in the prior art to filter the first signal. And, in these time periods, the terminal device 2 can process the received filtered first signal based on the untrained filter coefficient. Of course, considering the problem of delay in sending signals, the terminal device 2 can also select the trained filter coefficient to process the received filtered first signal when the received signal cannot be correctly parsed, so as to improve the performance of the received signal of the terminal device 2.
需要说明的是,终端设备1和终端设备2确定训练后的滤波器系数的方式有多种,下面以方式c5-方式c6举例说明。It should be noted that there are multiple ways for terminal device 1 and terminal device 2 to determine the trained filter coefficients, which are described below using ways c5 and c6 as examples.
方式c5,终端设备1可以根据终端设备1和终端设备2的相对移动速度,确定终端设备1和终端设备2处于相对移动状态下,此时可以参考步骤402中确定滤波器系数的方式,确定滤波器系数。Method c5, terminal device 1 can determine that terminal device 1 and terminal device 2 are in a relative moving state according to the relative moving speed of terminal device 1 and terminal device 2. At this time, the filter coefficient can be determined by referring to the method of determining the filter coefficient in step 402.
终端设备2可以根据终端设备1和终端设备2的相对移动速度,确定终端设备1和终端设备2处于相对移动状态下,此时可以参考步骤402中确定滤波器系数的方式,确定滤波器系数。Terminal device 2 can determine that terminal device 1 and terminal device 2 are in a relative moving state according to the relative moving speed of terminal device 1 and terminal device 2. At this time, the filter coefficient can be determined by referring to the method of determining the filter coefficient in step 402.
方式c6,终端设备1可以根据终端设备1和终端设备2的相对移动速度满足的移动速度区间,确定该移动速度区间对应的滤波器系数。In mode c6, the terminal device 1 may determine the filter coefficient corresponding to the moving speed interval according to the moving speed interval satisfied by the relative moving speeds of the terminal device 1 and the terminal device 2.
也就是说,终端设备1可以是在终端设备1和终端设备2的相对移动速度满足的移动速度区间发生变化时,更新滤波器系数。当然,终端设备1在终端设备1和终端设备2的相对移动速度满足的移动速度区间未发生变化时,可以沿用上一次与该终端设备1发送信号时采用的滤波器系数,以减少终端设备1的处理复杂度。That is, the terminal device 1 may update the filter coefficient when the moving speed interval satisfied by the relative moving speeds of the terminal device 1 and the terminal device 2 changes. Of course, when the moving speed interval satisfied by the relative moving speeds of the terminal device 1 and the terminal device 2 does not change, the terminal device 1 may continue to use the filter coefficient used when sending a signal to the terminal device 1 last time, so as to reduce the processing complexity of the terminal device 1.
终端设备2可以根据终端设备1和终端设备2的相对移动速度满足的移动速度区间,确定该移动速度区间对应的滤波器系数。具体可以参考方式c3,再次不在赘述。The terminal device 2 may determine the filter coefficient corresponding to the moving speed interval according to the moving speed interval satisfied by the relative moving speeds of the terminal devices 1 and 2. For details, please refer to method c3, which will not be described again.
一种可能的实现方式,终端设备1和终端设备2通过协商的方式,根据终端设备1和终端设备2的相对移动速度满足的移动速度区间,确定该移动速度区间对应的滤波器系数。例如,终端设备1在确定终端设备1和终端设备2的相对移动速度满足的移动速度区间发生变化时,更新滤波器系数。终端设备2在确定终端设备1和终端设备2的相对移动速度满足的移动速度区间发生变化后,也同步更新滤波器系数。此时,终端设备1更新滤波器系数后,可以不通知终端设备2第一信号采用的滤波器系数已更新。In a possible implementation, terminal device 1 and terminal device 2 determine the filter coefficient corresponding to the moving speed interval according to the moving speed interval satisfied by the relative moving speed of terminal device 1 and terminal device 2 through negotiation. For example, when terminal device 1 determines that the moving speed interval satisfied by the relative moving speed of terminal device 1 and terminal device 2 has changed, terminal device 1 updates the filter coefficient. After determining that the moving speed interval satisfied by the relative moving speed of terminal device 1 and terminal device 2 has changed, terminal device 2 also synchronously updates the filter coefficient. At this time, after terminal device 1 updates the filter coefficient, it is not necessary to notify terminal device 2 that the filter coefficient used in the first signal has been updated.
另一种可能的实现方式,终端设备1通过指示的方式,确定是否更新滤波器系数。例如,终端设备1在终端设备1和终端设备2的相对移动速度满足的移动速度区间发生变化时,更新滤波器系数。终端设备1更新滤波器系数后,向终端设备2发送第一信息,该第一信息用于指示更新后的滤波器系数。终端设备2当接收到第一信息后,更新滤波器系数。终端设备2在确定终端设备1和终端设备2的相对移动速度满足的移动速度区间发生变化,但未接收到第一信息时,可以不更新滤波器系数。保证终端设备1和终端设备2使用的滤波器系数一致。In another possible implementation, the terminal device 1 determines whether to update the filter coefficient by means of indication. For example, the terminal device 1 updates the filter coefficient when the moving speed interval satisfied by the relative moving speed of the terminal device 1 and the terminal device 2 changes. After the terminal device 1 updates the filter coefficient, the terminal device 2 sends a first message to the terminal device 2, where the first message is used to indicate the updated filter coefficient. After receiving the first message, the terminal device 2 updates the filter coefficient. When the terminal device 2 determines that the moving speed interval satisfied by the relative moving speed of the terminal device 1 and the terminal device 2 has changed, but has not received the first message, the filter coefficient may not be updated. Ensure that the filter coefficients used by the terminal device 1 and the terminal device 2 are consistent.
在方式c6中,终端设备1根据移动速度区间,确定滤波器系数的方式可以有多种。具体可以参考方式c2.1和方式c2.2,在此不再赘述。In mode c6, the terminal device 1 may determine the filter coefficient in a variety of ways according to the moving speed range, which may be specifically referred to in mode c2.1 and mode c2.2, and will not be described in detail here.
步骤803:终端设备1根据滤波器系数对第一信号进行滤波处理,获得滤波后的第一信号。Step 803: The terminal device 1 filters the first signal according to the filter coefficient to obtain a filtered first signal.
其中,终端设备1根据滤波器系数对第一信号进行滤波处理,获得滤波后的第一信号的方式可以参见方式B1和方式B2,在此不再赘述。Among them, the terminal device 1 filters the first signal according to the filter coefficient. The method of obtaining the filtered first signal can refer to method B1 and method B2, which will not be repeated here.
步骤804:终端设备1向终端设备2发送滤波后的第一信号。Step 804: Terminal device 1 sends the filtered first signal to terminal device 2.
相应的,终端设备2接收第二信号。其中,第二信号可以是终端设备1经过信道后发送给终端设备2的滤波后的第一信号。Correspondingly, the terminal device 2 receives the second signal, wherein the second signal may be the filtered first signal sent by the terminal device 1 to the terminal device 2 after passing through the channel.
步骤805:终端设备2根据训练后的滤波器系数对接收到的第二信号进行滤波处理,获得估计的滤波前的第一信号。Step 805: The terminal device 2 performs filtering processing on the received second signal according to the trained filter coefficients to obtain an estimated first signal before filtering.
终端设备2确定使用训练后的滤波器系数的方式可以参见步骤802中的方式a3-方式a6,在此不再赘述。相应的,终端设备2可以是根据终端设备1和终端设备2的相对移动速度,确定的训练后的滤波器系数,具体可以参见步骤802中的方式c3-方式c4,在此不再赘述。终端设备2确定终端设备1和终端设备2的相对移动速度的方式可以根据终端设备1的移动速度和终端设备2的移动速度确定,还可以根据终端设备2的传感器测量终端设备1和终端设备2的相对移动速度,在此不做限定。其中,终端设备1的移动速度和终端设备2的移动速度的确定方式参考方式步骤801,在此不再赘述。The manner in which the terminal device 2 determines to use the trained filter coefficients can refer to the manner a3-manner a6 in step 802, which will not be described in detail here. Correspondingly, the terminal device 2 can determine the trained filter coefficients based on the relative moving speed of the terminal device 1 and the terminal device 2, which can be specifically referred to the manner c3-manner c4 in step 802, which will not be described in detail here. The manner in which the terminal device 2 determines the relative moving speed of the terminal device 1 and the terminal device 2 can be determined based on the moving speed of the terminal device 1 and the moving speed of the terminal device 2, or can be measured by the sensor of the terminal device 2 to measure the relative moving speed of the terminal device 1 and the terminal device 2, which is not limited here. Among them, the manner in which the moving speed of the terminal device 1 and the moving speed of the terminal device 2 are determined refers to the manner in step 801, which will not be described in detail here.
需要说明的是,步骤804和步骤805为可选的方式,具体执行的时机可以根据需要确定,在此不做限定。It should be noted that step 804 and step 805 are optional methods, and the specific timing of execution can be determined as needed and is not limited here.
另一种可能的场景中,发送端和接收端之间可以各自根据预先配置的滤波器系数的确定方式,确定滤波器系数,从而实现发送端和接收端之间的信号的传输。下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法,请参见图9,为该方法的流程图。在下文的介绍过程中,以该方法应用于如图1所示的通信系统为例。另外,该方法可以由两个通信装置执行,这两个通信装置例如为发送端和接收端。包括:In another possible scenario, the transmitting end and the receiving end can each determine the filter coefficient according to a pre-configured filter coefficient determination method, thereby realizing the transmission of the signal between the transmitting end and the receiving end. The data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. Please refer to Figure 9, which is a flow chart of the method. In the following introduction, the method is applied to the communication system shown in Figure 1 as an example. In addition, the method can be performed by two communication devices, such as a transmitting end and a receiving end. It includes:
步骤901:发送端获得接收端的移动速度和/或发送端的移动速度。Step 901: The sending end obtains the moving speed of the receiving end and/or the moving speed of the sending end.
其中,发送端获得接收端的移动速度和/或发送端的移动速度的方式可以参考步骤601、步骤701和步骤801,在此不再赘述。The manner in which the transmitting end obtains the moving speed of the receiving end and/or the moving speed of the transmitting end may refer to step 601, step 701 and step 801, which will not be described in detail here.
步骤902:发送端根据所述接收端的移动速度和/或所述发送端的移动速度,确定是否更新滤波器系数。若是,则执行步骤903,若否,则执行步骤904b;Step 902: The transmitting end determines whether to update the filter coefficient according to the moving speed of the receiving end and/or the moving speed of the transmitting end. If yes, execute step 903; if no, execute step 904b;
举例来说,发送端可以在确定所述接收端的移动速度所在的移动速度区间发生变化和/或所述发送端的移动速度所在的移动速度区间发生变化时,确定更新滤波器系数。发送端可以在确定所述接收端的移动速度所在的移动速度区间未发生变化和/或所述发送端的移动速度所在的移动速度区间未发生变化时,确定更新滤波器系数。或者,发送端可以在确定所述接收端的移动速度所在的移动速度区间未发生变化且所述发送端的移动速度所在的移动速度区间未发生变化时,确定更新滤波器系数。For example, the transmitting end may determine to update the filter coefficient when it is determined that the mobile speed interval in which the mobile speed of the receiving end is located has changed and/or the mobile speed interval in which the mobile speed of the transmitting end is located has changed. The transmitting end may determine to update the filter coefficient when it is determined that the mobile speed interval in which the mobile speed of the receiving end is located has not changed and/or the mobile speed interval in which the mobile speed of the transmitting end is located has not changed. Alternatively, the transmitting end may determine to update the filter coefficient when it is determined that the mobile speed interval in which the mobile speed of the receiving end is located has not changed and the mobile speed interval in which the mobile speed of the transmitting end is located has not changed.
步骤903:发送端向接收端发送第二信息,其中,第二信息为更新后的滤波器系数。Step 903: The transmitting end sends second information to the receiving end, where the second information is the updated filter coefficient.
其中,更新后的滤波器系数,可以是根据所述接收端的移动速度所在的新的移动速度区间和/或所述发送端的移动速度所在的新的移动速度区间确定的。具体确定方式可以参考步骤602、步骤702和步骤802中发送端根据所述接收端的移动速度和/或所述发送端的移动速度,确定滤波器系数方式。The updated filter coefficients may be determined according to the new moving speed interval in which the moving speed of the receiving end is located and/or the new moving speed interval in which the moving speed of the sending end is located. For a specific determination method, reference may be made to the method in which the sending end determines the filter coefficients according to the moving speed of the receiving end and/or the moving speed of the sending end in steps 602, 702, and 802.
步骤904a:发送端根据更新后的滤波器系数对第一信号进行滤波处理,获得滤波后的第一信号。Step 904a: The transmitting end filters the first signal according to the updated filter coefficients to obtain a filtered first signal.
其中,发送端根据更新后的滤波器系数对第一信号进行滤波处理,获得滤波后的第一信号的方式可以参考步骤602、步骤702和步骤802中发送端根据滤波器系数对第一信号进行滤波处理,获得滤波后的第一信号的方式,在此不再赘述。Among them, the sending end filters the first signal according to the updated filter coefficients, and the method for obtaining the filtered first signal can refer to the method in which the sending end filters the first signal according to the filter coefficients in steps 602, 702 and 802 to obtain the filtered first signal, which will not be repeated here.
步骤904b:发送端根据滤波器系数对第一信号进行滤波处理,获得滤波后的第一信号。Step 904b: The transmitting end filters the first signal according to the filter coefficient to obtain a filtered first signal.
其中,发送端根据滤波器系数对第一信号进行滤波处理,获得滤波后的第一信号的方式可以参考步骤6002、步骤702和步骤802中发送端根据滤波器系数对第一信号进行滤波处理,获得滤波后的第一信号的方式,在此不再赘述。Among them, the sending end filters the first signal according to the filter coefficient, and the method for obtaining the filtered first signal can refer to the method in which the sending end filters the first signal according to the filter coefficient in steps 6002, 702 and 802 to obtain the filtered first signal, which will not be repeated here.
步骤905:发送端发送滤波后的第一信号。Step 905: The transmitting end sends the filtered first signal.
其中,发送端发送滤波后的第一信号的方式可以参考步骤904,在此不再赘述。The manner in which the transmitting end sends the filtered first signal may refer to step 904 and will not be described in detail here.
相应的,发送端接收滤波后的第一信号。Correspondingly, the transmitting end receives the filtered first signal.
步骤906a:接收端根据更新后的滤波器系数,对第一信号进行滤波处理,获得滤波后的第一信号。Step 906a: The receiving end filters the first signal according to the updated filter coefficients to obtain a filtered first signal.
其中,接收端可以根据接收到的第二信息,确定更新后的滤波器系数。其中,第二信息可以与第一信息类似,第二信息可以是所述更新后的滤波器系数的索引信息,还可以是与第一信息相关联的信息,例如,第一信息指示滤波器系数1,第二信息指示与滤波器系数1间隔1个移动速度区间的滤波器系数2,及第二信息可以携带移动速度区间的间隔。具体确定方式可以参考接收端可以根据接收到的第一信息,确定滤波器系数的方式,在此不做限定。The receiving end can determine the updated filter coefficient according to the received second information. The second information can be similar to the first information, and the second information can be the index information of the updated filter coefficient, or can be information associated with the first information, for example, the first information indicates filter coefficient 1, the second information indicates filter coefficient 2 which is separated from filter coefficient 1 by 1 moving speed interval, and the second information can carry the interval of the moving speed interval. The specific determination method can refer to the method in which the receiving end can determine the filter coefficient according to the received first information, which is not limited here.
步骤906b:接收端根据滤波器系数,对第一信号进行滤波处理,获得滤波后的第一信号。Step 906b: The receiving end filters the first signal according to the filter coefficient to obtain a filtered first signal.
其中,接收端根据滤波器系数,对第一信号进行滤波处理,获得滤波后的第一信号的方式可以参考步骤905中接收端根据滤波器系数,对第一信号进行滤波处理,获得滤波后的第一信号的方式,在此不再赘述。Among them, the receiving end filters the first signal according to the filter coefficient, and the method for obtaining the filtered first signal can refer to the method in step 905 where the receiving end filters the first signal according to the filter coefficient to obtain the filtered first signal, which will not be repeated here.
上述本申请提供的实施例中,分别从各个设备之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方法进行了介绍。为了实现上述本申请实施例提供的方法中的各功能,网络设备或终端设备可以包括硬件结构和/或软件模块,以硬件结构、软件模块、或硬件结构加软件模块的形式来实现上述各功能。上述各功能中的某个功能以硬件结构、软件模块、还是硬件结构加软件模块的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。In the embodiments provided by the present application, the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application are introduced from the perspective of interaction between various devices. In order to realize the functions in the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application, the network device or the terminal device may include a hardware structure and/or a software module, and the functions are realized in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module. Whether a function in the above functions is executed in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution.
本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能模块可以集成在一个处理器中,也可以是单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上模块集成在一个模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。The division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic and is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation. In addition, each functional module in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into a processor, or may exist physically separately, or two or more modules may be integrated into one module. The above-mentioned integrated modules may be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules.
如图10所示,本申请提供一种通信装置1000。As shown in FIG. 10 , the present application provides a communication device 1000 .
在一些实施例中,通信装置可以为发送端,发送端可以是网络设备、终端设备、或网络设备中的部件,例如芯片,或终端设备中的部件,例如芯片。该装置1000可以包括处理模块1010、发送模块1020。可选的,还可以包括接收模块1030。In some embodiments, the communication device may be a transmitting end, and the transmitting end may be a network device, a terminal device, or a component in a network device, such as a chip, or a component in a terminal device, such as a chip. The device 1000 may include a processing module 1010 and a transmitting module 1020. Optionally, a receiving module 1030 may also be included.
处理模块1010,用于获得接收端的移动速度和/或所述发送端的移动速度。The processing module 1010 is used to obtain the moving speed of the receiving end and/or the moving speed of the sending end.
发送模块1020,用于向所述接收端发送滤波后的第一信号。所述滤波后的第一信号为根据滤波器系数对所述第一信号进行滤波处理后获得的,所述滤波器系数为根据所述接收端的移动速度和/或所述发送端的移动速度确定的。The sending module 1020 is configured to send the filtered first signal to the receiving end. The filtered first signal is obtained by filtering the first signal according to a filter coefficient, and the filter coefficient is determined according to the moving speed of the receiving end and/or the moving speed of the sending end.
一种可能的实现方式,所述滤波器系数为根据所述第一信号的参数和所述接收端的移动速度确定的。其中,所述第一信号的参数包括以下至少一项:所述第一信号的调制编码方式或所述第一信号对应的时频资源。In a possible implementation, the filter coefficient is determined according to a parameter of the first signal and a moving speed of the receiving end. The parameter of the first signal includes at least one of the following: a modulation coding mode of the first signal or a time-frequency resource corresponding to the first signal.
一种可能的实现方式,所述滤波器系数为根据所述第一信号的参数和所述发送端的移动速度确定的;其中,所述第一信号的参数包括以下至少一项:所述第一信号的调制编码方式或所述第一信号对应的时频资源。In a possible implementation, the filter coefficients are determined based on parameters of the first signal and the moving speed of the transmitter; wherein the parameters of the first signal include at least one of the following: a modulation and coding method of the first signal or a time-frequency resource corresponding to the first signal.
一种可能的实现方式,所述滤波器系数为根据所述第一信号的参数、所述接收端的移动速度和所述发送端的移动速度确定的;其中,所述第一信号的参数包括以下至少一项:所述第一信号的调制编码方式或所述第一信号对应的时频资源。In a possible implementation, the filter coefficients are determined based on parameters of the first signal, the moving speed of the receiving end, and the moving speed of the transmitting end; wherein the parameters of the first signal include at least one of the following: a modulation and coding method of the first signal or a time-frequency resource corresponding to the first signal.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一信号的调制编码方式为高阶调制编码方式,所述高阶调制编码方式为阶次大于2的调制编码方式。In a possible implementation manner, the modulation and coding mode of the first signal is a high-order modulation and coding mode, and the high-order modulation and coding mode is a modulation and coding mode with an order greater than 2.
一种可能的实现方式,所述处理模块1010,还用于在确定所述接收端的移动速度所在的移动速度区间发生变化和/或所述发送端的移动速度所在的移动速度区间发生变化时,更新所述滤波器系数。In a possible implementation, the processing module 1010 is further configured to update the filter coefficient when it is determined that a moving speed interval in which the moving speed of the receiving end is located changes and/or a moving speed interval in which the moving speed of the transmitting end is located changes.
一种可能的实现方式,所述接收端的移动速度和/或所述发送端的移动速度大于预设阈值。In a possible implementation manner, the moving speed of the receiving end and/or the moving speed of the sending end is greater than a preset threshold.
一种可能的实现方式,所述发送模块1020,还用于向所述接收端发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述滤波器系数。In a possible implementation, the sending module 1020 is further used to send first information to the receiving end, where the first information is used to indicate the filter coefficient.
一种可能的实现方式,在所述发送端为网络设备时,所述发送模块1020,还用于向所述接收端发送所述第一信号的调制编码方式;In a possible implementation, when the transmitting end is a network device, the transmitting module 1020 is further configured to send a modulation and coding mode of the first signal to the receiving end;
在所述发送端为终端设备时,所述接收模块1030,还用于接收来自网络设备的所述第一信号的调制编码方式。When the transmitting end is a terminal device, the receiving module 1030 is further used to receive the modulation and coding mode of the first signal from a network device.
一种可能的实现方式,所述滤波器系数为频域滤波器系数;所述处理模块1010,还用于在频域上对所述第一信号进行上采样,所述上采样的倍数为所述第一信号对应的滤波器的重叠系数;通过所述频域滤波器系数,对所述上采样后的第一信号进行频域滤波处理,获得滤波后的第一信号。In a possible implementation, the filter coefficient is a frequency domain filter coefficient; the processing module 1010 is also used to upsample the first signal in the frequency domain, and the upsampling multiple is the overlapping coefficient of the filter corresponding to the first signal; the upsampled first signal is subjected to frequency domain filtering processing through the frequency domain filter coefficient to obtain the filtered first signal.
一种可能的实现方式,所述滤波器系数为根据训练接收端和/或训练发送端在移动状态下,所述训练接收端接收到的来自所述训练发送端的滤波后的训练信号训练的;所述训练发送端发送的滤波后的训练信号为根据所述待训练的滤波器系数进行滤波后的信号,所述滤波器系数的训练参数为根据以下至少一项确定的:所述训练接收端满足的移动速度区间、所述训练发送端的移动速度满足的移动速度区间或所述第一信号的参数中的至少一项。In a possible implementation, the filter coefficients are trained based on a filtered training signal received by the training receiving end from the training sending end when the training receiving end and/or the training sending end are in a moving state; the filtered training signal sent by the training sending end is a signal filtered according to the filter coefficients to be trained, and the training parameters of the filter coefficients are determined based on at least one of the following: a moving speed interval satisfied by the training receiving end, a moving speed interval satisfied by the moving speed of the training sending end, or at least one of the parameters of the first signal.
如图11所示,本申请提供一种通信装置1100,该通信装置可以应用于接收端,接收端可以是网络设备、终端设备、或网络设备中的部件,例如芯片,或终端设备中的部件,例如芯片。该装置1100可以包括处理模块1110、接收模块1120。可选的,该装置还可以包括发送模块1130。As shown in FIG11 , the present application provides a communication device 1100, which can be applied to a receiving end, and the receiving end can be a network device, a terminal device, or a component in a network device, such as a chip, or a component in a terminal device, such as a chip. The device 1100 may include a processing module 1110 and a receiving module 1120. Optionally, the device may also include a sending module 1130.
所述接收模块1120,用于接收所述发送端发送的滤波后的第一信号;The receiving module 1120 is used to receive the filtered first signal sent by the sending end;
所述处理模块1110,用于根据滤波器系数,对所述滤波后的第一信号进行处理,所述滤波器系数为根据所述接收端的移动速度和/或所述发送端的移动速度确定的。The processing module 1110 is used to process the filtered first signal according to a filter coefficient, where the filter coefficient is determined according to a moving speed of the receiving end and/or a moving speed of the sending end.
一种可能的实现方式,所述接收模块1120,用于接收来自发送端的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述滤波器系数。In a possible implementation, the receiving module 1120 is used to receive first information from a transmitting end, where the first information is used to indicate the filter coefficient.
一种可能的实现方式,所述处理模块1110,用于在确定所述接收端的移动速度所在的移动速度区间发生变化时,通过所述发送模块1130向发送端发送所述接收端的移动速度。In a possible implementation, the processing module 1110 is configured to send the moving speed of the receiving end to the sending end through the sending module 1130 when it is determined that the moving speed interval in which the moving speed of the receiving end is located changes.
一种可能的实现方式,所述接收模块1120,用于接收来自所述发送端的第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示更新的滤波器系数,所述更新的滤波器系数为在确定所述接收端的移动速度所在的移动速度区间发生变化和/或所述发送端的移动速度所在的移动速度区间发生变化时确定的。In a possible implementation, the receiving module 1120 is used to receive second information from the sending end, where the second information is used to indicate updated filter coefficients, and the updated filter coefficients are determined when it is determined that the moving speed interval in which the moving speed of the receiving end is located changes and/or the moving speed interval in which the moving speed of the sending end is located changes.
一种可能的实现方式,所述滤波器系数为频域滤波器系数;所述处理模块1110,用于通过所述频域滤波器系数,对所述滤波后的第一信号进行频域滤波处理;在频域上对所述滤波后的第一信号进行下采样,所述下采样的倍数为所述第一信号对应的滤波器的重叠系数。In a possible implementation, the filter coefficient is a frequency domain filter coefficient; the processing module 1110 is used to perform frequency domain filtering on the filtered first signal through the frequency domain filter coefficient; and downsample the filtered first signal in the frequency domain, and the downsampling multiple is the overlap coefficient of the filter corresponding to the first signal.
一种可能的实现方式,所述滤波器系数为根据所述第一信号的参数和所述接收端的移动速度确定的;其中,所述第一信号的参数包括以下至少一项:所述第一信号的调制编码方式或所述第一信号对应的时频资源。In a possible implementation, the filter coefficients are determined based on parameters of the first signal and the moving speed of the receiving end; wherein the parameters of the first signal include at least one of the following: a modulation and coding method of the first signal or a time-frequency resource corresponding to the first signal.
一种可能的实现方式,所述滤波器系数为根据所述第一信号的参数和所述发送端的移动速度确定的;其中,所述第一信号的参数包括以下至少一项:所述第一信号的调制编码方式或所述第一信号对应的时频资源。In a possible implementation, the filter coefficients are determined based on parameters of the first signal and the moving speed of the transmitter; wherein the parameters of the first signal include at least one of the following: a modulation and coding method of the first signal or a time-frequency resource corresponding to the first signal.
一种可能的实现方式,所述滤波器系数为根据所述第一信号的参数、所述接收端的移动速度和所述发送端的移动速度确定的;其中,所述第一信号的参数包括以下至少一项:所述第一信号的调制编码方式或所述第一信号对应的时频资源。In a possible implementation, the filter coefficients are determined based on parameters of the first signal, the moving speed of the receiving end, and the moving speed of the transmitting end; wherein the parameters of the first signal include at least one of the following: a modulation and coding method of the first signal or a time-frequency resource corresponding to the first signal.
一种可能的实现方式,所述第一信号的调制编码方式为高阶调制编码方式,所述高阶调制编码方式为阶次大于2的调制编码方式。In a possible implementation manner, the modulation and coding mode of the first signal is a high-order modulation and coding mode, and the high-order modulation and coding mode is a modulation and coding mode with an order greater than 2.
一种可能的实现方式,所述接收端的移动速度和/或所述发送端的移动速度大于预设阈值。In a possible implementation manner, the moving speed of the receiving end and/or the moving speed of the sending end is greater than a preset threshold.
一种可能的实现方式,在所述发送端为网络设备时,所述接收模块1120,用于接收来自所述发送端的所述第一信号的调制编码方式;In a possible implementation, when the transmitting end is a network device, the receiving module 1120 is configured to receive a modulation and coding mode of the first signal from the transmitting end;
在所述接收端为网络设备时,所述发送模块1130,用于向所述发送端发送所述第一信号的调制编码方式。When the receiving end is a network device, the sending module 1130 is used to send the modulation and coding mode of the first signal to the sending end.
一种可能的实现方式,所述滤波器系数为根据训练接收端和/或训练发送端在移动状态下,所述训练接收端接收到的来自所述训练发送端的滤波后的训练信号训练的;所述训练发送端发送的滤波后的训练信号为根据待训练的滤波器系数进行滤波后的信号,所述待训练的滤波器系数的训练参数为根据以下至少一项确定的:所述训练接收端满足的移动速度区间、所述训练发送端的移动速度满足的移动速度区间或所述第一信号的参数中的至少一项。In a possible implementation, the filter coefficients are trained based on a filtered training signal received by the training receiving end from the training sending end when the training receiving end and/or the training sending end are in a moving state; the filtered training signal sent by the training sending end is a signal filtered based on the filter coefficients to be trained, and the training parameters of the filter coefficients to be trained are determined based on at least one of the following: a moving speed interval satisfied by the training receiving end, a moving speed interval satisfied by the moving speed of the training sending end, or at least one of the parameters of the first signal.
可选的,上述通信装置1000或1100还可以包括存储单元,该存储单元用于存储数据或者指令(也可以称为代码或者程序),上述各个单元可以和存储单元交互或者耦合,以实现对应的方法或者功能。例如,处理模块1010或1110可以读取存储单元中的数据或者指令,使得通信装置实现上述实施例中的方法。Optionally, the communication device 1000 or 1100 may further include a storage unit for storing data or instructions (also referred to as code or program), and each of the above units may interact or couple with the storage unit to implement the corresponding method or function. For example, the processing module 1010 or 1110 may read the data or instructions in the storage unit so that the communication device implements the method in the above embodiment.
应理解以上装置中单元的划分仅仅是一种逻辑功能的划分,实际实现时可以全部或部分集成到一个物理实体上,也可以物理上分开。且装置中的单元可以全部以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现;也可以全部以硬件的形式实现;还可以部分单元以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现,部分单元以硬件的形式实现。例如,各个单元可以为单独设立的处理元件,也可以集成在装置的某一个芯片中实现,此外,也可以以程序的形式存储于存储器中,由装置的某一个处理元件调用并执行该单元的功能。此外这些单元全部或部分可以集成在一起,也可以独立实现。这里所述的处理元件又可以成为处理器,可以是一种具有信号的处理能力的集成电路。在实现过程中,上述方法的各个步骤或以上各个单元可以通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路实现,或者也可以是以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现。It should be understood that the division of the units in the above device is only a division of logical functions. In actual implementation, they can be fully or partially integrated into one physical entity, or they can be physically separated. And the units in the device can all be implemented in the form of software calling through processing elements; they can also be all implemented in the form of hardware; some units can also be implemented in the form of software calling through processing elements, and some units can be implemented in the form of hardware. For example, each unit can be a separately established processing element, or it can be integrated in a certain chip of the device for implementation. In addition, it can also be stored in the memory in the form of a program, and called and executed by a certain processing element of the device. The function of the unit. In addition, all or part of these units can be integrated together, or they can be implemented independently. The processing element described here can also be a processor, which can be an integrated circuit with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the above method or each unit above can be implemented by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor element, or it can also be implemented in the form of software calling through a processing element.
在一个例子中,以上任一装置中的单元可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个特定集成电路(application specific integratedcircuit,ASIC),或,一个或多个微处理器(digital singnal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA),或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。再如,当装置中的单元可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现时,该处理元件可以是通用处理器,例如中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)或其它可以调用程序的处理器。再如,这些单元可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现。In one example, the unit in any of the above devices may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, such as one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASIC), or one or more digital singnal processors (DSP), or one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms. For another example, when the unit in the device can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler, the processing element can be a general-purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU) or other processor that can call a program. For another example, these units can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
以上用于接收的单元(例如接收单元)是一种该装置的接口电路,用于从其它装置接收信号。例如,当该装置以芯片的方式实现时,该接收单元是该芯片用于从其它芯片或装置接收信号的接口电路。以上用于发送的单元(例如发送单元)是一种该装置的接口电路,用于向其它装置发送信号。例如,当该装置以芯片的方式实现时,该发送单元是该芯片用于向其它芯片或装置发送信号的接口电路。The above unit for receiving (e.g., receiving unit) is an interface circuit of the device, which is used to receive signals from other devices. For example, when the device is implemented in the form of a chip, the receiving unit is an interface circuit of the chip used to receive signals from other chips or devices. The above unit for sending (e.g., sending unit) is an interface circuit of the device, which is used to send signals to other devices. For example, when the device is implemented in the form of a chip, the sending unit is an interface circuit of the chip used to send signals to other chips or devices.
参考图12,其为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。该通信装置用于实现以上实施例中发送端或接收端的操作。如图12所示,以通信装置为终端设备为例,该通信装置包括:天线1210、射频装置1220、信号处理部分1230。天线1210与射频装置1220连接。在下行方向上,射频装置1220通过天线1210接收网络设备或其他终端设备发送的信息,将网络设备或其他终端设备发送的信息发送给信号处理部分1230进行处理。在上行方向上,信号处理部分1230对终端设备的信息进行处理,并发送给射频装置1220,射频装置1220对终端设备的信息进行处理后经过天线1210发送给网络设备或其他终端设备。Refer to Figure 12, which is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application. The communication device is used to implement the operation of the transmitting end or the receiving end in the above embodiments. As shown in Figure 12, taking the communication device as a terminal device as an example, the communication device includes: an antenna 1210, a radio frequency device 1220, and a signal processing part 1230. The antenna 1210 is connected to the radio frequency device 1220. In the downlink direction, the radio frequency device 1220 receives information sent by a network device or other terminal device through the antenna 1210, and sends the information sent by the network device or other terminal device to the signal processing part 1230 for processing. In the uplink direction, the signal processing part 1230 processes the information of the terminal device and sends it to the radio frequency device 1220. The radio frequency device 1220 processes the information of the terminal device and sends it to the network device or other terminal device through the antenna 1210.
以通信装置为网络设备为例,该通信装置包括:天线1210、射频装置1220、信号处理部分1230。天线1210与射频装置1220连接。在上行方向上,射频装置1220通过天线1210接收第一终端或其他终端设备发送的信息,将第一终端或其他终端设备发送的信息发送给信号处理部分1230进行处理。在下行方向上,信号处理部分1230对网络设备的信息进行处理,并发送给射频装置1220,射频装置1220对网络设备的信息进行处理后经过天线1210发送给第一终端或其他终端设备。Taking the communication device as a network device as an example, the communication device includes: an antenna 1210, a radio frequency device 1220, and a signal processing part 1230. The antenna 1210 is connected to the radio frequency device 1220. In the uplink direction, the radio frequency device 1220 receives information sent by the first terminal or other terminal devices through the antenna 1210, and sends the information sent by the first terminal or other terminal devices to the signal processing part 1230 for processing. In the downlink direction, the signal processing part 1230 processes the information of the network device and sends it to the radio frequency device 1220, and the radio frequency device 1220 processes the information of the network device and sends it to the first terminal or other terminal devices through the antenna 1210.
信号处理部分1230用于实现对数据各通信协议层的处理。信号处理部分1230可以为该通信装置的一个子系统,则该通信装置还可以包括其它子系统,例如中央处理子系统,用于实现对通信装置操作系统以及应用层的处理;再如,周边子系统用于实现与其它设备的连接。信号处理部分1230可以为单独设置的芯片。可选的,以上的装置可以位于信号处理部分1230。The signal processing part 1230 is used to process each communication protocol layer of the data. The signal processing part 1230 can be a subsystem of the communication device, and the communication device can also include other subsystems, such as a central processing subsystem, which is used to process the operating system and application layer of the communication device; for example, the peripheral subsystem is used to connect with other devices. The signal processing part 1230 can be a separately set chip. Optionally, the above devices can be located in the signal processing part 1230.
信号处理部分1230可以包括一个或多个处理元件1231,例如,包括一个主控CPU和其它集成电路,以及包括接口电路1233。此外,该信号处理部分1230还可以包括存储元件1232。存储元件1232用于存储数据和程序,用于执行以上方法中通信装置所执行的方法的程序可能存储,也可能不存储于该存储元件1232中,例如,存储于信号处理部分1230之外的存储器中,使用时信号处理部分1230加载该程序到缓存中进行使用。接口电路1233用于与装置通信。以上装置可以位于信号处理部分1230,该信号处理部分1230可以通过芯片实现,该芯片包括至少一个处理元件和接口电路,其中处理元件用于执行以上通信装置执行的任一种方法的各个步骤,接口电路用于与其它装置通信。在一种实现中,实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现,例如该装置包括处理元件和存储元件,处理元件调用存储元件存储的程序,以执行以上方法实施例中通信装置执行的方法。存储元件可以为处理元件处于同一芯片上的存储元件,即片内存储元件。The signal processing part 1230 may include one or more processing elements 1231, for example, including a main control CPU and other integrated circuits, and an interface circuit 1233. In addition, the signal processing part 1230 may also include a storage element 1232. The storage element 1232 is used to store data and programs. The program for executing the method executed by the communication device in the above method may be stored or may not be stored in the storage element 1232, for example, stored in a memory outside the signal processing part 1230, and the signal processing part 1230 loads the program into the cache for use when in use. The interface circuit 1233 is used to communicate with the device. The above device may be located in the signal processing part 1230, and the signal processing part 1230 may be implemented by a chip, which includes at least one processing element and an interface circuit, wherein the processing element is used to execute each step of any method executed by the above communication device, and the interface circuit is used to communicate with other devices. In one implementation, the unit that implements each step in the above method can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduling program, for example, the device includes a processing element and a storage element, and the processing element calls the program stored in the storage element to execute the method executed by the communication device in the above method embodiment. The storage element may be a storage element on the same chip as the processing element, that is, an on-chip storage element.
在另一种实现中,用于执行以上方法中通信装置所执行的方法的程序可以在与处理元件处于不同芯片上的存储元件,即片外存储元件。此时,处理元件从片外存储元件调用或加载程序于片内存储元件上,以调用并执行以上方法实施例中通信装置(发送端或接收端)执行的方法。In another implementation, the program for executing the method executed by the communication device in the above method may be in a storage element on a different chip from the processing element, that is, an off-chip storage element. In this case, the processing element calls or loads the program from the off-chip storage element to the on-chip storage element to call and execute the method executed by the communication device (transmitter or receiver) in the above method embodiment.
在又一种实现中,通信装置实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以是被配置成一个或多个处理元件,这些处理元件设置于信号处理部分1230上,这里的处理元件可以为集成电路,例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA,或者这些类集成电路的组合。这些集成电路可以集成在一起,构成芯片。In another implementation, the unit of the communication device implementing each step in the above method may be configured as one or more processing elements, which are arranged on the signal processing part 1230. The processing element here may be an integrated circuit, for example: one or more ASICs, or one or more DSPs, or one or more FPGAs, or a combination of these integrated circuits. These integrated circuits may be integrated together to form a chip.
实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现,该SOC芯片,用于实现以上方法。该芯片内可以集成至少一个处理元件和存储元件,由处理元件调用存储元件的存储的程序的形式实现以上通信装置执行的方法;或者,该芯片内可以集成至少一个集成电路,用于实现以上通信装置执行的方法;或者,可以结合以上实现方式,部分单元的功能通过处理元件调用程序的形式实现,部分单元的功能通过集成电路的形式实现。The units implementing the various steps in the above method can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC), and the SOC chip is used to implement the above method. The chip can integrate at least one processing element and a storage element, and the method executed by the above communication device can be implemented in the form of a program stored in the storage element by the processing element; or, the chip can integrate at least one integrated circuit to implement the method executed by the above communication device; or, the above implementation methods can be combined, and the functions of some units can be implemented in the form of a processing element calling a program, and the functions of some units can be implemented in the form of an integrated circuit.
可见,以上装置可以包括至少一个处理元件和接口电路,其中至少一个处理元件用于执行以上方法实施例所提供的任一种通信装置执行的方法。处理元件可以以第一种方式:即调用存储元件存储的程序的方式执行通信装置执行的部分或全部步骤;也可以以第二种方式:即通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路结合指令的方式执行通信装置执行的部分或全部步骤;当然,也可以结合第一种方式和第二种方式执行通信装置执行的部分或全部步骤。It can be seen that the above device may include at least one processing element and an interface circuit, wherein at least one processing element is used to execute the method performed by any one of the communication devices provided in the above method embodiments. The processing element may execute part or all of the steps performed by the communication device in a first manner: that is, by calling a program stored in a storage element; or in a second manner: that is, by combining an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor element with instructions to execute part or all of the steps performed by the communication device; of course, the first manner and the second manner may also be combined to execute part or all of the steps performed by the communication device.
这里的处理元件同以上描述,可以是通用处理器,例如CPU,还可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个微处理器DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA等,或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。存储元件可以是一个存储器,也可以是多个存储元件的统称。The processing element here is the same as described above, and can be a general-purpose processor, such as a CPU, or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, such as one or more ASICs, or one or more microprocessors DSPs, or one or more FPGAs, etc., or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms. The storage element can be a memory, or a general term for multiple storage elements.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rateSDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(directrambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It can be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application can be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or can include both volatile and non-volatile memories. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read-only memory (PROM), an erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), or a flash memory. The volatile memory can be a random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of example and not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as static RAM (SRAM), dynamic RAM (DRAM), synchronous DRAM (SDRAM), double data rate SDRAM (DDR SDRAM), enhanced SDRAM (ESDRAM), synchronous link DRAM (SLDRAM), and direct RAM (DR RAM). It should be noted that the memory of the systems and methods described herein is intended to include, but is not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序被计算机执行时实现上述实施例中发送端或接收端对应的任一方法实施例所述的方法。An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium having a computer program stored thereon. When the computer program is executed by a computer, the method described in any method embodiment corresponding to the sending end or the receiving end in the above embodiments is implemented.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品被计算机执行时实现上述发送端或接收端的任一方法实施例所述的方法。An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, which, when executed by a computer, implements the method described in any one of the method embodiments of the above-mentioned sending end or receiving end.
需要指出的是,“第一”、“第二”等词汇,例如,“第一指示信息、第二指示信息”等,仅用于区分描述的目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性,也不能理解为指示或暗示顺序。“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a和b,a和c,b和c,或a和b和c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。It should be pointed out that the words such as "first" and "second", for example, "first indication information, second indication information", etc., are only used for the purpose of distinguishing descriptions, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance, nor can they be understood as indicating or implying order. "At least one" means one or more, and "plurality" means two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that three relationships may exist. For example, A and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A and B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the previous and subsequent associated objects are in an "or" relationship. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items. For example, at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c, or a and b and c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple.
上述实施例,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机程序。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。该计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。该计算机程序可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,计算机程序可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriberline,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,高密度数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。The above embodiments can be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer programs. When a computer program is loaded and executed on a computer, the process or function described in the embodiment of the present application is generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer program can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer program can be transmitted from a website site, computer, server or data center by wired (e.g., coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (digital subscriber line, DSL)) or wireless (e.g., infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) mode to another website site, computer, server or data center. The computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that a computer can access or a data storage device such as a server or data center that includes one or more available media integrated. Available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, tapes), optical media (eg, digital video discs (DVDs)), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disks (SSDs)).
本申请实施例还提供一种处理装置,包括处理器和接口;处理器,用于执行上述发送端或接收端的任一方法实施例所描述的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a processing device, including a processor and an interface; the processor is used to execute the method described in any method embodiment of the above-mentioned sending end or receiving end.
应理解,上述处理装置可以是一个芯片,处理器可以通过硬件实现也可以通过软件实现,当通过硬件实现时,该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成电路等;当通过软件实现时,该处理器可以是一个通用处理器,通过读取存储器中存储的软件代码实现,该存储器可以集成在处理器中,也可以位于处理器之外,独立存在。It should be understood that the above-mentioned processing device can be a chip, and the processor can be implemented by hardware or by software. When implemented by hardware, the processor can be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, etc.; when implemented by software, the processor can be a general-purpose processor, which is implemented by reading the software code stored in the memory. The memory can be integrated in the processor or located outside the processor and exist independently.
以上,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请实施例的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请实施例揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请实施例的保护范围之内。因此,本申请实施例的保护范围应以权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementation methods of the present application, but the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application is not limited thereto. Any technician familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or replacements within the technical scope disclosed in the embodiments of the present application, which should be included in the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application. Therefore, the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application shall be based on the protection scope of the claims.
Claims (21)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN2021105781534 | 2021-05-26 | ||
CN202110578153 | 2021-05-26 |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CN115412411A CN115412411A (en) | 2022-11-29 |
CN115412411B true CN115412411B (en) | 2024-05-03 |
Family
ID=84155932
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CN202110802465.9A Active CN115412411B (en) | 2021-05-26 | 2021-07-15 | Data transmission method and device |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CN (1) | CN115412411B (en) |
Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN1736037A (en) * | 2002-09-05 | 2006-02-15 | 高通股份有限公司 | Adapting operation of a communication filter based on mobile unit velocity |
CN101204032A (en) * | 2005-06-22 | 2008-06-18 | 松下电器产业株式会社 | Transmitter and receiver of multi-carrier transmission scheme, and transmission method and reception method using multi-carrier transmission scheme |
CN102437978A (en) * | 2010-09-29 | 2012-05-02 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Method and device for balancing digital microwaves |
-
2021
- 2021-07-15 CN CN202110802465.9A patent/CN115412411B/en active Active
Patent Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN1736037A (en) * | 2002-09-05 | 2006-02-15 | 高通股份有限公司 | Adapting operation of a communication filter based on mobile unit velocity |
CN101204032A (en) * | 2005-06-22 | 2008-06-18 | 松下电器产业株式会社 | Transmitter and receiver of multi-carrier transmission scheme, and transmission method and reception method using multi-carrier transmission scheme |
CN102437978A (en) * | 2010-09-29 | 2012-05-02 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Method and device for balancing digital microwaves |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN115412411A (en) | 2022-11-29 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP7003658B2 (en) | Equipment, methods and programs | |
US10382144B2 (en) | Systems, methods, and devices for interference mitigation in wireless networks | |
US8923424B2 (en) | Multi-term demapping for multi-channel wireless communication | |
AU2019280050B2 (en) | Device and method | |
WO2021189216A1 (en) | Reference signal configuration method and apparatus | |
WO2020010566A1 (en) | Devices and methods for link adaptation | |
EP3665878B1 (en) | Inter-carrier interference compensation | |
CN114745789A (en) | Method and device for signal transmission | |
WO2019233373A1 (en) | Electronic device and communication method | |
US20180092092A1 (en) | Subband media access control protocol data unit aggregation | |
WO2022262532A1 (en) | Symbol transmission method and communication apparatus | |
CN108632002A (en) | Signaling method, method of reseptance in a kind of wireless communication, device and system | |
WO2025064300A1 (en) | Channel estimation reference signals for pre-equalization | |
US20240106616A1 (en) | Multi-user communication method and related communication apparatus | |
CN115412411B (en) | Data transmission method and device | |
WO2024238032A1 (en) | Techniques for dynamic pre-equalization switching | |
CN109792426A (en) | Idle loop prefix is set to be suitable for the method for frequency domain sky carrier wave communication system | |
WO2017138224A1 (en) | Apparatus and method | |
CN118828902A (en) | Method performed by a node in a wireless communication system and electronic device thereof | |
CN106911998B (en) | Data transmitting and receiving method and device for base station and narrow-band user equipment | |
WO2022204976A1 (en) | Signal transmission method, and apparatus | |
US9838091B2 (en) | System and method for a scale-invariant symbol demodulator | |
EP4044538A1 (en) | Channel estimation method and apparatus | |
CN110830090B (en) | Signal processing method and device | |
CN116918417A (en) | Method and apparatus using short reference symbols with frequency domain offset |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
PB01 | Publication | ||
PB01 | Publication | ||
SE01 | Entry into force of request for substantive examination | ||
SE01 | Entry into force of request for substantive examination | ||
GR01 | Patent grant | ||
GR01 | Patent grant |